You are on page 1of 170

SECTION I REGULATIONS

1.Title of the Course: It shall be called Master of Dental Surgery 2. Branches of Stu !: The following are the subjects of speciality for the MDS degree: a. Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge b. Periodontology c. Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery d. Dentistry and Endodontics e. Orthodontics & Dentofacial Orthopedics f. Oral Pathology & Microbiology g. Public ealth Dentistry

h. Paedodontics & Preventive Dentistry i. Oral Medicine & Radiology


". Eli#i$ilit! ! candidate for ad"ission to the MDS course #Master of Dental Surgery$ "ust ha%e a.
recogni&ed degree of BDS #Bachelor of Dental Surgery$ awarded by an 'ndian (ni%ersity in respect of recogni&ed Dental College under Section )*#+$ of the Dentists !ct, )-./ or an e0ui%alent 0ualification recogni&ed by the Dental Council of 'ndia and should ha%e obtained per"anent registration with the State Dental Council. Candidates not possessing a recogni&ed Dental 0ualification for the abo%e purpose should secure the prior appro%al of his 0ualifications by the Dental Council of 'ndia before he can be ad"itted to the MDS Course of any (ni%ersity in 'ndia.

1ualification for the abo%e purpose should secure the prior appro%al of his 0ualifications by the Dental Council of 'ndia before he can be ad"itted to the MDS Course of any (ni%ersity in 'ndia. Candidates who possess P2 Diplo"a recogni&ed by the DC' with the duration of + years #proposed$ in particular specialty is eligible for ad"ission in MDS in the same

specialty and the duration will be 2 years. The syllabus of two years programmed will be as per the concerned university guidelines. Provided that in the case of a foreign national the Dental !ouncil of "ndia may on payment of the prescribed fee for registration grant temporary registration for the duration of the postgraduate training restricted to the dental college#institution to which he is admitted for the time being e$clusively for postgraduate studies%
Pro%ided that further te"porary registration to such foreign national shall be sub3ect to the condition that such person is duly registered as dental practitioner in his own country fro" which he has obtained his basic dental 0ualification and that his degree is recogni&ed by the corresponding dental council or concerned authority

%. Criteria &or Selection &or A 'ission Students for MDS Course shall be ad"itted based on perfor"ance at the co"petiti%e exa"inations held by Central go%ern"ent4State go%ern"ent4(ni%ersities or 'nstitutions. (. Eli#i$ilit! Certificate fro' RGU)S 5o candidate shall be ad"itted to any postgraduate MDS course unless the candidate has obtained and produced eligibility certificate issued by (ni%ersity. 6he candidate has to "a7e an application to the (ni%ersity with the following docu"ents along with the prescribed fee8 1. BDS pass 4 degree certificate issued by the (ni%ersity. 2. Mar7s cards of all the uni%ersity exa"inations passed #' to '9 BDS year course$. 3. !tte"pt Certificate issued by the Principal. . Certificate regarding the recognition of the Dental college by the Dental Council of 'ndia. !. Co"pletion of paid rotatory internship certificate fro" a recogni&ed college. ". :egistration by any State Dental Council and #. Proof of SC4 S6 or Category ', as the case "ay be. Candidates should obtain the Eligibility Certificate before the last date for ad"ission as notified by the (ni%ersity. ! candidate who has been ad"itted to postgraduate course should register his 4 her na"e in the (ni%ersity within a "onth of ad"ission after paying the registration fee. *. Duration

of the !ourse

6he Course shall be of three years duration. !ll the candidates for the degree of MDS are re0uired to pursue the reco""ended8 course for at least three acade"ic years as full ti"e candidates in an institution affiliated; to and appro%ed for Postgraduate studies by :a3i% 2andhi (ni%ersity of ealth Sciences, <arnata7a, and recogni&ed by the Dental Council 'ndia. +.Method

of training

in the management and treatment of patients entrusted to his#her care. The participation of the students in all facets of educational process is essential. &very candidate should ta'e part in seminars group discussions grand rounds case demonstration clinics (ournal review meetings !P! and clinical meetings. &very candidate should participate in the teaching and training programme of undergraduate students. Training should include involvement in laboratory and e$perimental wor' and research studies ,. )ttendance Progress and !onduct

6he training of postgraduate for degree shall be full ti"e with graded responsibilities

! candidate pursuing degree4diplo"a course should wor7 in the concerned depart"ent of the institution for the full period as a full ti"e student. 5o candidate is per"itted to own a clinic4wor7 in clinic4laboratory4nursing ho"e while studying postgraduate course, candidate shall 3oin any other course of study or appear for any other exa"ination conducted by this uni%ersity or any other uni%ersity in 'ndia or abroad during the period of registration. Each year shall be ta7en as a unit for the purpose of calculating attendance. E%ery candidate shall attend sy"posia, se"inars, conferences, 3ournal re%iew "eetings, grand rounds, CPC, case presentation, clinics and lectures during each year prescribed by the depart"ent and not absent hi"self 4 herself fro" wor7 without reasons.

E-er! can i ate shall ha-e not less than ,. /ercent of atten ance in each !ear of I course. )o0e-er1 can i ates shoul not $e a$sent continuousl! as the course is a full

time one

2. Monitoring

Progress of *tudies

Every candidate shall maintain a work diary and record of his/ her participation in the training programme conducted by the department such as journal reviews, seminars, etc. Please see Chapter I for model checklists and logbook. !pecial mention may be made of the presentations by the candidate as well as details of clinical or laboratory procedures, if any conducted by the candidate. "he work diary shall be scrutini#ed and certified by the $ead of the %epartment and $ead of the Institution, and presented in the university practical/clinical e&amination.
3or4 iar! 5 Lo# Boo4: 6erio ic tests: 'n case of degree courses of three years duration, the concerned depart"ents "ay conduct three tests, two of the" be annual tests, one at the end of first year and the other in the second year. 6he third test "ay be held three "onths before the final exa"ination. 6he tests "ay include written papers, practical 4 clinical and %i%a %oce. :ecords and "ar7s obtained in such tests will be "aintained by the ead of the Depart"ent and sent to the (ni%ersity, when called for. Recor s: :ecords and "ar7s obtained in tests will be "aintained by the will be "ade a%ailable to the (ni%ersity when called for.

ead of the Depart"ent and

1.. 7issertation E%ery candidate pursuing MDS degree course is re0uired to carry out wor7 on a selected research pro3ect under the guidance of a recogni&ed post graduate teacher. 6he results of such a wor7 shall be sub"itted in the for" of a dissertation. 6he dissertation is ai"ed to train a postgraduate student in research "ethods and techni0ues. 't includes identification of a proble", for"ulation of a hypothesis, search and re%iew of literature, getting ac0uainted with recent ad%ances, designing of a research study, collection of data, critical analysis, co"parison of results and drawing conclusions. E%ery candidate shall sub"it to the :egistrar of the (ni%ersity in the prescribed profor"a, a synopsis containing particulars of proposed dissertation wor7 within six "onths fro" the date of co""ence"ent of the course on or before the dates notified by the (ni%ersity. 6he synopsis shall be sent through the proper channel. Such synopsis will be re%iewed and the dissertation topic will be registered by the (ni%ersity. 5o change in the dissertation topic or guide shall be "ade without prior appro%al of the (ni%ersity. The issertation shoul $e 0ritten un er the follo0in# hea in#s: i. Intro uction ii. Ai's or O$8ecti-es of stu ! iii. Re-ie0 of literature iv. Results v. 7iscussions

vi. Conclusion vii. Su''er! viii. Reference i$. Ta$les $. Anne9ures 6he written text of dissertation shall be not less than =* pages and shall not exceed )=* pages excluding references, tables, 0uestionnaires and other annexure. 't should be typed in double line spacing on one side of paper #!. si&e, /.+>? x )).@-?$ and properly. Spiral binding should be a%oided. 6he dissertation shall be certified by the guide, head of the depart"ent and head of the 'nstitution. Aour copies of dissertation thus prepared shall be sub"itted to the :egistrar #E%aluation$, six "onths before final exa"ination on or before the dates notified by the (ni%ersity 6he dissertation shall be %alued by exa"iners appointed by the (ni%ersity. !ppro%al dissertation wor7 is an essential precondition for a candidate to appear in the (ni%ersity exa"ination. Gui e: 6he acade"ic 0ualification and teaching experience re0uired for recognition by this (ni%ersity as a guide for dissertation wor7 is as laid down by Dental Council of 'ndia 4 :a3i% 2andhi (ni%ersity of ealth Sciences. Co:#ui e8 ! coBguide "ay be included pro%ided the wor7 re0uires substantial cont fro" a sister depart"ent or fro" another institution recognised for teaching4training by :a3i% 2andhi (ni%ersity of ealth Sciences4Dental Council of 'ndia. 6he coBguide shall be a recogni&ed postgraduate teacher of :a3i% 2andhi (ni%ersity of ealth Sciences. Chan#e of #ui e: 'n the e%ent of a registered guide lea%ing the college for any rea in the e%ent of death of guide, guide "ay be changed with prior per"ission fro" the uni%ersity. 11. Sche'e of E9a'ination Eli#i$ilit! : 6he following re0uire"ents shall be fulfilled by e%ery candidate to eligible to appear for the final exa"ination. i$ Atten ance: E%ery candidate shall ha%e fulfilled the attendance prescribed by the (ni%ersity during each acade"ic year of the postgraduate course. ii$ 6ro#ress an con uct: E%ery candidate shall ha%e participated in se"inars, re%iew "eetings, sy"posia, conferences, case presentations, clinics and didactic during each year as designed by the concerned depart"ent iii$ 3or4 iar! an Lo#$oo4: &very candidate shall maintain a

wor' diary and logboo' for recording his#her participation in the training programmes conducted by the department. The wor' diary and logboo' shall be verified and certified by the +ead of the Department and +ead of the institution. ,Please see *ection "- for Model !hec'list and .ogboo'/ The certification of satisfactory progress by the head of the department and head of the institution shall be based on ,i/ ,ii/ and ,iii/ mentioned above.

The e$amination for M.D.*. courses shall be held at the end of three academic years ,si$ academic terms/. The university shall conduct two e$aminations in a year at an interval of four to si$ months between the two e$aminations. 0ot more than two e$aminations shall be conducted in an academic year.
Schedule of Exa"ination8 12. Uni-ersit! E9a'ination

'.%.!. %egree e&aminations in any branch of study shall consist of dissertation, written paper ("heory), Practical/Clinical and iva voce.
;a< 7issertation: )cceptance

of dissertation shall be a precondition for

the candidate to appear for the final e$amination.


(b) 3ritten E9a'ination ;Theor!<: *ritten e&amination shall consist of four +uestion papers each of three hours duration. "otal marks for each paper will be ,-. Paper I, II and III shall consist of two long +uestions carrying ./ marks each and - short

"he fourth paper will be to write an essay. 0uestions on recent advances may be asked in any or all the papers. %istribution of topics in each paper is shown in !ection III along with course description of the concerned speciality, and as clause 12 in this section. )D*
essay +uestions carrying , marks each.

(c) 6ractical 5 Clinical E9a'ination: 'n case of practical exa"ination, it should be ai"ed at assessing co"petence and s7ills of techni0ues and procedures. 't should also ai" at testing studentCs ability to "a7e rele%ant and %alid obser%ations, interpretation and inference of laboratory or experi"ental or clinical wor7 relating to his4her sub3ect for underta7ing independent wor7 as a specialist. 6he actual for"at of clinical exa"ination in %arious specialities are gi%en in Section '''. 6he total "ar7s for practical 4 clinical exa"ination shall be +**. (d) =i-a =oce: -iva1-oce e$amination shall aim at assessing

depth of 'nowledge logical reasoning confidence and oral communication s'ills. The total mar's shall be 233 and the distribution of mar's shall be as under4 ,i/ Mar's ,ii/ 5or ,Pedagogy/ demonstration of teaching s'ills 23 Mar's
E9a'iners 6here shall be at least four exa"iners in each branch of study. Out of four, two shall

5or e$amination of all components of syllabus 63

e&ternal e&aminers and two shall be internal e&aminers. "he +ualification and teaching e&perience for appointment as an e&aminer shall be as laid down by :2( S and %ental Council of India from time to time
1". Criteria for 7eclarin# as 6ass

be

6o pass in the (ni%ersity exa"ination, a candidate shall secure in both theory exa"ination and the practical/clinical including viva voce independently an aggregate of -/3 of total marks allotted (1-/ marks out of 4// allotted for
theory and 1-/ out of .// for clinical 5 1// to have failed in the e&amination. !urgery in the respective specialty. 6%!

foi viva voce together). 6 candidate securing less mark as described above shall be declared
MDS E&amination shall be granted a %egree of 'aster of %ental

! candidate who is declared successful in the

1%. 7istri$ution of To/ics in theor! /a/ers in -arious $ranches of stu ! s/ecialities:

S>LLABUS 7ISTRIBUTION A?ONG % 6A6ERS IN =ARIOUS S6ECIALITIES:


6rostho ontics an Cro0n @ Bri #e Paper7I 7 PaperB'' B PaperB''' B PaperB'9 B
6pplied 6natomy, physiology, pathology and %ental 'aterials 8emovable Prosthodontics and 9ral Implantology :i&ed Prosthodontics Essay

6erio ontolo#! PaperB' 1 PaperB''1 PaperB'''1 PaperB'9 B


6pplied 6natomy, Physiology, ;iochemistry, Pathology and pharmacology Etiopathogenesis Clinical Periodontology and 9ral Implantology Essay

Oral @ ?a9illofacial Sur#er! PaperB' B PaperB'' B PaperB''' B PaperB'9 B


6pplied 6natomy, Physiology and Pathology 'inor oral !urgery and "rauma 'a&illofacial !urgery and 9ral Implantology Essay

Conser-ati-e an En o ontics PaperB' B PaperB'' B PaperB'''B Paper '9 B


6pplied 6natomy, Physiology, Pathology and dental materials Conservative dentistry <s 6esthetic %entistry Endodontics Essay

Ortho ontics @ 7entofacial Ortho/ae ics PaperB'B PaperB'' ) PaperB'll)


PaperB'9 )
%pplied anato&y' physiology' pathology' genetics physical anthropology &aterial Diagnosis and treat&ent planning. *linical +rthodontics and Mechanotherapy ,ssay ( dental

Oral 6atholo#! @ ?icro$iolo#! an &orensic O ontolo#! PaperB 'B PaperB'' ) PaperB'll ) PaperB'9 )
!pplied %nato&y' -hysiology' -athology and .esearch Methodology
+ral pathology' Microbiology and +ncology /aboratory Techni0ues and Diagnosis ,ssay

6u$lic )ealth 7entistr!

PaperB'B Paper7II 7 Paper ''' B PaperB'9 B

%pplied anato&y' physiology' pathology ( research &ethodology -ublic 1ealth Dental -ublic 1ealth ,ssay

6e iatrics @ 6re-enti-e 7entistr! Paper)I) PaperB'' ) Paper7III ) PaperB'9 ) PaperB') Paper II PaperB''') PaperB'9)
Applied Anatomy, Physiology, -athology' Microbiology' 2utrition and Dietics *linical pediatric dentistry -re3enti3e co&&unity dentistry as applied to pediatric dentistry ,ssay

and

Oral ?e icine an Ra iolo#!


Applied anatomy, physiology, pathology and pharmacology. Diagnosis, diagnostic methods and implantology and Applied Oral Pathology +ral in3estigations ,ssay

medicine, there7entice and laboratory

SECTION II
7

GOALS @ OBAECTI=ES O& ?7S COURSE


Goals: The #oals of /ost#ra uate trainin# in -arious s/ecialities is to train B.7.S. #ra uate 0ho 0ill1 after successful co'/letion of the course: DPractice respecti%e speciality efficiently and effecti%ely, bac7ed by scientific 7nowledge and s7ill. DExercise e"pathy and a caring attitude and "aintain high ethical standards. D Continue to e%ince 7een interest in continuing professional education in the speciality and allied specialities irrespecti%e of whether in teaching or practice. DEilling to share the 7nowledge and s7ills with any learner, 3unior or a colleague. 4De%elop the faculty for critical analysis and e%aluation of %arious concepts and %iews, to adopt the "ost rational approach. O$8ecti-es: 6he ob3ecti%e is to train a candidate so as to ensure higher co"petence in both general and special area of interest and prepare hi" for a career in teaching, research and speciality practice. ! candidate "ust achie%e a high degree of clinical proficiency in the sub3ect "atter and de%elop co"petence in research and its "ethodology as related to the field concerned. 6he abo%e ob3ecti%es are to be achie%ed by the ti"e the candidate co"pletes the course. 6he ob3ecti%es "ay be considered as under ) 1. 5nowledge 6*ogniti3e do&ain$ 2. S7ills 6-sycho &otor do&ain$ 3. 1u&an 3alues' ethical practice and co&&unication abilities Bno0le #e: D De"onstrate understanding of basic sciences rele%ant to speciality. D Describe etiology, pathophysiology, principles of diagnosis and "anage"ent of co""on proble"s within the speciality in adults and children. D 'dentify social, econo"ic, en%iron"ental and e"otional deter"inants in a gi%en case and ta7e the" into account for planning treat"ent. 4 :ecognise conditions that "ay be outside the area of speciality4co"petence and to refer the" to an appropriate specialist. D (pdate 7nowledge by self study and by attending courses, conferencF se"inars rele%ant to speciality. D (nderta7e audit, use infor"ation technology and carryout research $oth an clinical

with the aim of publishing or presenting the work at various sen gatherings.
S4ills:

). 6a7e a proper clinical history, exa"ine the patient, perfor" essential diagr procedures and order rele%ant tests and interpret the" to co"e to a reasonG diagnosis about the condition. +. !c0uire ade0uate s7ills and co"petence in perfor"ing %arious procedure re0uired in the speciality. )u'an -alues1 ethical /ractice an co''unication a$ilities: D !dopt ethical principles in all aspects of practice. D Professional honesty and integrity are to be fostered.

D Patient care is to be deli%ered irrespecti%e of social status, caste, creed or religion of the patient. D De%elop co""unication s7ills, in particular and s7ill to explain %arious optior a%ailable in "anage"ent and to obtain a true infor"ed consent fro" the patient D Pro%ide leadership and get the best out of his tea" in a congenial wor7ing at"osphere. D !pply high "oral and ethical standards while carrying out hu"an or ani"al research. D Be hu"ble and accept the li"itations in his 7nowledge and s7ill and to as7 for help fro" colleagues when needed. D :espect patientCs rights and pri%ileges including patientCs right to infor"ation and right

to

seek a second opinion.

SECTION III COURSE 7ESCRI6TION O& =ARIOUS S6ECIALTIES

1. D&5"0"T"O0* O5 -)R"O7* *P&!")."T"&*4


1. 6rostho ontics an Cro0n @ Bri #e Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge and Oral '"plantology i.e. that branch of Dental art and science pertaining to the restoration and "aintenance of oral function, health, co"fort and appearance by the replace"ent of "ission or lost natural teeth and associated tissues either by fixed or re"o%able artificial substitutes. 2. 6erio ontolo#! Periodontology and Oral '"plantology is the science dealing with the health and diseases of the in%esting and supporting structures of the teeth and oral "ucous "e"brane. ".Oral @ ?a9illofacial Sur#er! Oral and Maxillofacial surgery and '"plantology deals with the diagnosis and surgical and ad3uncti%e treat"ent of diseases, in3uries and defects of the hu"an 3aws and associated oral and facial structures. %.Conser-ati-e 7entistr! an En o ontics Conser%ati%e dentistry deals with pre%ention and treat"ent of the diseases and in3uries of the hard tissues and the pulp of the tooth and associated periapical lesions. (. Ortho ontics an 7entofacial Ortho/e ics Deals with pre%ention and correction of oral ano"alies and "alocclusion and the har"oni&ing of the structures in%ol%ed, so that the dental "echanis"s will function in a nor"al way. *. Oral 6atholo#! @ ?icro$iolo#! Oral Pathology deals with the nature of oral diseases, their causes, processes and effects. 't relates the clinical "anifestation of oral diseases to the physiologic and anato"ic changes associated with these diseases. +. 6u$lic )ealth 7entistr! Co""unity Dentistry is the science and art of pre%enting and controlling Dental diseases and pro"oting Dental b health through organi&ed co""unity efforts. ,. 6ae o ontics an 6re-enti-e 7entistr! Deals with pre%ention and treat"ent of oral and Dental ail"ents that "ay occur during childhood. 2. Oral ?e icine an Ra iolo#! Oral Medicine is that specialty of dentistry concerned with the basic diagnostic procedures and techni0ues useful in recogni&ing the diseases of the oral tissues of local and constitutional origin and their "edical "anage"ent. :adiology is a science dealing with x7rays and their uses in diagnosis and

treatment of diseases in relation to orofacial diseases.

2. Course contents 6rostho ontics


Ai':
10

6o train dental graduates so as to ensure higher co"petence in both general and special area of Prosthodontics and prepare a candidate for teaching, research and clinical abilities including pre%ention and after care in prosthodontics including crown and bridBand i"plantology. General O$8ecti-es of the Course: D 6raining progra""e in Prosthodontic dentistry including Crown & Bridge & '"plantology is structured to achie%e 7nowledge and s7ill in theoretical and clinical laboratory, attitude, co""unicati%e s7ills and ability to research with understanding of social, cultural, education and en%iron"ental bac7ground of the society D 6o ha%e ac0uired ade0uate 7nowledge and understanding of applied basic and syste"atic "edical science 7nowledge in general and particular to head and nec7. 4 6he postgraduates will be able to pro%ide Prosthodontic therapy for patients with co"petence and wor7ing 7nowledge with understanding of applied "edical beha%ioral and clinical science that are beyond the treat"ent s7ills of the general BDS graduate and MDS graduate of other specialities to de"onstrate e%aluati%e and 3udg"ent s7ills in "a7ing appropriate decisions regarding pre%ention, treat"ent aftercare and referral to deli%er co"prehensi%e care to patients. Bno0le #e 6he candidate should possess 7nowledge applied basic and syste"atic "edical sciences. D On hu"an anato"y, e"bryology, histology, applied in general and particular to head and nec7, Physiology & Bioche"istry, Pathology and "icrobiology, %irology, ealth and diseases of %arious syste"s of the body #syste"ic$ principles in surgery and "edicine, Phar"acology, 5utrition, beha%ioral Science, !ge changes, genetics, '""unology, Congenital defects and syndro"e and !nthropology, Bioengineering, BioB"edical and Biological Principle and application Dental "aterial science D !bility to diagnose and planned treat"ent for patients re0uiring a Prosthodontic therapy D !bility to read and interpret a radiograph and other in%estigations for the purpose of diagnoses treat"ent plan 4 6ooth and tooth surface restorations, Co"plete denture prosthodontics, re"o%able partial dentures Prosthodontics, fixed prosthodontics and "axillofacial and Craniofacial Prosthodontics, i"plants supported Prosthodontics, 6.M.H, and occlusion, craniofacial esthetic, and bio"aterials. Craniofacial disorders B proble"s of psychogenic origin. D !ge changes and Prosthodontic 6herapy for aged. D !bility to diagnose failed restoration and pro%ide Prosthodontic therapy and after care. D Should ha%e essential 7nowledge on ethics, laws and Hurisprudence and forensic odontology in Prosthodontics D 2eneral health conditions and e"ergency as related to prosthodontics treat"ent, D 'dentify social, cultural, econo"ic, en%iron"ental, educational and e"otional deter"inants of the patient and consider the" in planning the treat"ent. D 'dentify cases, which are outside the area of his speciality4 co"petence and reffer the" to appropriate specialists. D !d%ice regarding case "anage"ent in%ol%ing surgical, interi" treat"ent etc. D Co"petent speciali&ation in tea" "anage"ent of craniofacial design.

11

D Should attend continuing education progra""es, se"inars and conferences related to prosthodontics in thus updating hi"self. D 6each and guide his 4 her tea", colleague and other students. D Should be able to use infor"ation technology tools and carry out research basic and clinical, with the ai"s of publishing his4 her wor7 and presenting hi wor7 at %arious scientific foru". D Should ha%e essential 7nowledge of personal hygiene, infection control, pre%ent of cross infection and safe disposal of waste, 7eeping in %iew the ris7s of transfer of epatitis & '9 D Should ha%e an ability to plan to establish Prosthodontic clinic4hospital teach /%

department and practice management 8 *hould have a sound 'nowledge for the application of pharmacology. &ffects drugs on oral tissue and systems of a body and for medically compromised
S4ills D 6he candidate should be able to exa"ine the patients re0uiring Prosthodontic therapy, in%estigate the patient syste"ically, analy&e the in%estigation results, radiography, diagnose the ail"ent, plan a treat"ent, co""unicate it with the patient and execute it. D (nderstand the pre%alence and pre%ention of diseases of cranio"andibular syste" related to Prosthetic dentistry. D 6he candidate should be able to restore the lost functions of the sto"atognathic syste" na"ely speech, "astication etc to pro%ede a 0uality health care for craniofacial region D The candidate should be able to interact with other speciality including a &edical speciality for a planned tea& &anage&ent
of patients for a craniofacial and oral ac0uired and congenital defects' Te&poro&andibular joint syndro&es' esthetics' I&plant supported -rosthetics and proble&s of -sychogenic origin' 4 Should be able to de&onstrate the clinical co&petence necessary to carry out appropriate treat&ent at higher le3el of 7nowledge' training and practice s7ills currently a3ailable in their specialty area. 4 Identify target diseases and awareness a&ongst the population for -rosthodontic therapy. 4 -erfor& clinical and /aboratory procedure with understanding of bio&aterials' tissue conditions related to prosthesis and ha3e co&petent de8terity and s7ill for perfor&ing clinical and laboratory procedures in fi8ed' re&o3able' i&plant and &a8illofacial TM9' esthetics -rosthodontics. 4 /aboratory techni0ue &anage&ent based on s7ills and 7nowledge of Dental Materials and dental e0uip&ent and instru&ents' &anage&ent. 4 To understand de&ographic distribution and target diseases of *ranio &andibular region related to -rosthodontic including crown ( bridge and i&plantology.

Attitu es D !dopt ethical principles in all Prosthodontic practice. Professional honesty and integrity are to be fostered. 6reat"ent to be deli%ered irrespecti%e of social status, caste, creed or religion of patient. D Eilling to share the 7nowledge and clinical experience with professional colleagues. D Eilling to adopt new "ethods and techni0ues in prosthodontics fro" ti"e to ti"e based on scientific research, which is in patientCs best interest. D :espect patientCs rights and pri%ileges including patients right to infor"ation and right to see7 second opinion. Co''unication A$ilities

12

D De%elop co""unication s7ills, in particular, to explain treat"ent option a%ailable in "anage"ent. D Pro%ide leadership and get the best out of his group in a congenial wor7ing at"osphere. D Should be able to co""unicate in si"ple understandable language with the patient and explain the principles of prosthodontics to the patient. e should be able to guide and counsel the patient with regard to %arious treat"ent "odalities a%ailable. D De%elop the ability to co""unicate with professional colleagues through %arious "edia li7e 'nternet, eB"ail, %ideoconference, and etc. to render the best possible treat"ent. Course Contents D 6he candidates shall undergo training for I acade"ic years with satisfactory attendance of /*J for each year. D 6he course includes epide"iology and de"ographic studies, research and teaching s7ills. 4 !bility to pre%ent, diagnose and treat with after care for all patients for control of diseases and 4 or treat"ent related syndro"es with patient satisfaction for restoring functions of Sto"atognathic syste" by Prosthodontic therapy 6he progra" out line addresses the 7nowledge, procedural and operati%e s7ills needed in Masters Degree in Prosthodontics. ! "ini"u" of I years of for"al training through a graded syste" of education as specified will enable the trainee to achie%e Masters Degree in Prosthodontics including Crown & Bridge and '"plantology' co"petently and ha%e the necessary s7ills4 7nowledge to update the"sel%es with ad%ance"ents in the field. 6he course content has been identified and categori&ed as Essential 7nowledge as gi%en below. Essential Knowledge 6he topics to be considered are8 Basic Sciences, Biological and "echanical considerations in Prosthodontics including Crown and Bridge '"plantology and Material Science. A66LIE7 BASIC SCIENCES D !lthough 7nowledge on the applied aspects of !nato"y, E"bryology, istology and applied in general and particular to head and nec7, Physiology, Bioche"istry, Pathology and Microbiology, 9irology. 4 Phar"acology' ealth and diseases of %arious syste"s of Body #syste"ic$ principles in surgery "edicine and !nesthesia, 5utrition, Beha%ioral sciences, age changes, genetics, Dental Material Science, congenital defects and Syndro"es and !nthropology, Bio"aterial Sciences BioBengineering and Bio"edical and :esearch Methodology as related to Masters degree prosthodontics including crown & bridge and i"plantology. 't is desirable to ha%e ade0uate 7nowledge in BioBstatistics :esearch Methodology and use of co"puters. 6o de%elop necessary teaching s7ills in Prosthodontics including crown and bridge and i"plantology A//lie anato'! of )ea an
Neck ene!"l #$%"n &n"to%' ( 2ross !nato"y, anato"y of ead & 5ec7 in detail. Cranial and facial bones, 6MH and function, "uscles of "astication and facial expression, "uscles of nec7 and chain of bac7 "uscles including "uscles of deglutition and tongue, arterial supply and %enous drainage of the head and nec7, anato"y of the Para nasal sinuses with relation:: to the 9th cranial ner%e. 2eneral consideration of the structure and function of the brain, Kconsiderations of )* )++* ,+* ,++* cranial nerves and autonomic nervous system

of the dand nec'. The salivary glands Pharyn$ .aryn$ Trachea &sophagus 5unctional )natomy mastication Deglutition speech respiration and circulation teeth eruption morphology elusion and function. )natomy of -./* its movements and myofacial pain dysfunction syndrome.
13

%evelopment of the face, tongue, jaws, -./* Paranasal sinuses pharyn$ laryn$ trachea esophagus *alivary glands Development of oral and Para oral tissue including detailed aspects of tooth and dental hard tissue formation Gro0th 0 1e2elo3%ent 7 :acial form and :acial growth and development overview of %entofacial growth process and physiology from fetal period to maturity and old age, comprehensive study of craniofacial biology. =eneral physical growth, functional and anatomical aspects of the head, changes in craniofacial skeletal, relationship between . development of the dentition and facial growth. 7ental &n"to%' 7 6natomy of primary and secondary dentition, concept of occlusion, mechanism of articulation, and masticatory function. %etailed structural and functional study of the oral dental and Para oral tissues. >ormal occlusion, development of occlusion in deciduous mi&ed and permanent dentitions, root length, root configuration, tooth7numbering system. )istolo#! 7 histology of enamel, dentin, Cementum, periodontal ligament and alveolar bone, pulpal anatomy, histology and biological consideration. !alivary glands and $istology of epithelial tissues including glands. $istology of general and specific connective tissue including bone, hematopoietic system, lymphoid etc. 'uscle and neural tissues Endocrinal system including thyroid !alivary glands $istology of skin, oral mucosa, respiratory mucosa, connective tissue, bone, cartilage, cellular elements of blood vessels, blood, lymphatic, nerves, muscles, tongue, tooth and its surrounding structures. Anthro/olo#! 0 42ol$tion ) Comparative study of tooth, joints, jaws, muscles of mastication and facial e&pression, tongue, palate, facial profile and facial skeletal system. Comparative anatomy of skull, bone, brain, musculo 7 skeletal system, neuromuscular coordination, posture and gait 7 planti gradee and ortho gradee posture. A//lie enetics "nd #e!edit' 7 Principles of orofacial genetics, molecular basis of genetics, genetic risks, counseling, bioethics and relationship to 9rthodontic management. %entofacial anomalies, 6natomical, psychological and pathological characteristic of major groups of developmental defects of the orofacial structures
E'$r!olo#! ) cell biolog' ( Detailed study of the structure and function of the "a""alian cell with special e"phasis on ultra structural features and "olecular aspects. Detailed consideration of 'ntercellular 3unctions. Cell cycle and di%ision, cellBtoBcell and cellB extra cellular "atrix interactions.

A//lie 56'siolog' "nd N$t!ition ( 'ntroduction' Mastication, deglutition, digestion and assi"ilation, o"eostasis, fluid and electrolyte balance. Blood co"position, %olu"e, function, blood groups and he"orrhage, Blood transfusion, circulation, eart, Pulse, Blood pressure, capillary and ly"phatic circulation, shoc7, respiration, control, anoxia, hypoxia, asphyxia, artificial respiration. Endocrine glands in particular reference to pituitary, parathyroid and thyroid glands and sex hor"ones. :ole of calciu" and 9it D in growth and de%elop"ent of teeth, bone and 3aws. :ole of 9it. !, C and B co"plex in oral "ucosal and

14

periodontal health. Physiology and function of the "asticatory syste". Speech "echanis", "astication, swallowing and deglutition "echanis", sali%ary glands and Sali%a En ocrines ) 2eneral principles of endocrine acti%ity and disorders relating to pituitary, thyroid, pancreas, parathyroid, adrenals, gonads, including pregnancy and lactation. Physiology of sali%a, urine for"ation, nor"al and abnor"al constituents, Physiology of pain, Sy"pathetic and parasy"pathetic ner%ous syste". 5euro"uscular coBordination of the sto"atognathic syste". A//lie 56"!%"colog' "nd -6e!"3e$tics ) Definition of ter"inologies used B Dosage and "ode of ad"inistration of drugs. !ction and fate of drugs in the body, Drug addiction, tolerance and hypersensiti%e reactions, Drugs acting on the central ner%ous syste", general anesthetics hypnotics. !naleptics and tran0uili&ers, Local anesthetics, Che"otherapeutics and antibiotics, !ntitubercular and anti syphilitic drugs, !nalgesics and antipyretics, !ntiseptics, styptics, Sialogogues and antisialogogues, ae"atinics, Cortisone, !C6 , insulin and other antidiabetics %ita"ins8 !, D, B B co"plex group C and < etc. Che"otherapy and :adiotherapy A//lie 5"t6olog' ( 'nfla""ation, repair and degeneration, 5ecrosis and gangrene, Circulatory disturbances, 'sche"ia, hypere"ia, chronic %enous congestion, ede"a, thro"bosis, e"bolis" and infarction. 'nfection and infecti%e granulo"as, !llergy and hypersensiti%e reaction, 5eoplas"M Classification of tu"ors, Carcinogenesis, characteristics of benign and "alignant tu"ors, spread of tu"ors. !pplied histo pathology and clinical pathology. A//lie ?icro$iolo#!7 '""unity, 7nowledge of organis"s co""only associated with diseases of the oral ca%ity #"orphology cultural characteristics etc$ of strepto, staphylo, pneu"o, gono and "eningococci, Clostridia group of organis"s, Spirochetes, organis"s of tuberculosis, leprosy, diphtheria' actino"ycosis and "oniliasis etc. 9irology, Cross infection control, sterili&ation and hospital waste "anage"ent a< )pplied Oral 5"t6olog' )De%elop"ental disturbances of oral and Para oral structures, :egressi%e changes of teeth, Bacterial, %iral and "ycotic infections of oral ca%ity, Dental caries, diseases of pulp and periapical tissues, Physical and che"ical in3uries of the oral ca%ity, oral "anifestations of "etabolic and endocrine disturbances, Diseases of the blood and blood for"ing organis" in relation to the oral ca%ity, Periodontal diseases,Diseases of the s7in, ner%es and "uscles in relation to the Oral ca%ity. $< 7"bo!"to!' dete!%in"tions( Blood groups, blood "atching, :.B.C. and E.B.C. count, Bleeding and clotting ti"e, S"ears and cultures B urine analysis and culture BioStatistics: Study of Biostatistics as applied to dentistry and research. Definition, ai" characteristics and li"itations of statistics, planning of statistical experi"ents, sa"pling, collection, classification and presentation of data #6ables, graphs, pictogra"s etc$ !nalysis of data Intro uction to $iostatistics: Scope and need for statistical application to biological data. Definition of selected ter"s B scale of "easure"ents related to statistics, Methods of collecting data, presentation of the statistical diagra"s and graphs. Are0uency cur%es, "ean, "ode of "edian, Standard de%iation and coBefficient of %ariation, Correlation B CoBefficient and its significance, Bino"inal distributions nor"al distribution and Poisson distribution, 6ests of significance

15

Research 'etho olo#! ) (nderstanding and e%aluating dental research, scientific "ethod and the beha%ior of scientists, understanding to logic B inducti%e logic B analogy, "odels, authority, hypothesis and causation, 1uac7s, Cran7s, !buses of Logic, Measure"ent and Errors of "easure"ent, presentation of results, :eliability, Sensiti%ity and specificity diagnosis test and "easure"ent, :esearch Strategies, Obser%ation, Correlation, Experi"entation and Experi"ental design. Logic of statistical interference balance 3udge"ents, 3udge"ent under uncertainty, clinical %s., scientific 3udge"ent, proble" with clinical 3udge"ent, for"ing scientific 3udge"ents, the proble" of contradictory e%idence, citation analysis as a Means of literature e%aluation, influencing 3udge"ent8 Lower for"s of :hetorical life, Denigration, 6er"inal, 'nexactitude. A//lie Ra iolo#!: 'ntroduction' radiation, bac7ground of radiation, sources, radiation biology, so"atic da"age, genetic da"age, protection fro" pri"ary and secondary radiation, Principles of NBray production, !pplied principles of radio therapy and after care. Roent#eno#ra/hs TechniCues) 'ntra oral8 Extra oral roentgenography, Methods of locali&ation digital radiology and ultra sound, 5or"al anato"ical land"ar7s of teeth and 3aws in radiogra"s, te"poro"andibular 3oint radiogra"s, nec7 radiogra"s. A//lie %edicine )Syste&ic diseases and its influence on general health and

oral and&fenta9 health. Medical emergencies in the dental offices 1 Prevention preparation medico legal consideration unconsciousness respiratory distress altered consciousness sei:ures drug related emergencies chest pain cardiac arrest premedication and management of ambulatory patients resuscitation applied psychiatry child adult and senior citi:ens. )ssessment of case premaliation inhibition monitoring e$tubalin complication assist in O.T. for anesthesia. A//lie sur#er! @ Anesthesia B2eneral principles of surgery wound healing incision wound care hospital care control of hemorrhage electrolyte balance. !ommon bandages sutures splints shifting of critically ill patients prophylactic therapy bone surgeries grafts etc surgical techni;ues nursing assistance anesthetic assistance. Principles in speech therapy surgical and radiological craniofacial oncology applied surgical &0T and ophthalmology. Plastic surgery 1 )pplied understanding and assistance in programmes of plastic surgery for prosthodontics therapy.
A//lie
1ent"l ."te!i"l

D !ll "aterials used for treat"ent of craniofacial disorders B Clinical, treat"ent, and laboratory "aterials, !ssociated "aterials, 6echnical consideration, shelf life, storage, "anipulations, sterili&ation, and waste "anage"ent. D Students shall be trained and practiced for all clinical procedures with an ad%anced 7nowledge of theory of principles, concepts and techni0ues of %arious honorably accepted "ethods and "aterials for Prosthodontics, treat"ent "odalities includes honorable accepted "ethods of diagnosis, treat"ent plan, records "aintenance, and treat"ent and laboratory procedures and after care and pre%enti%e. D (nderstanding all applied aspects for achie%ing physical, psychological well being of the patients for control of diseases and 4 or treat"ent related syndro"es with the patient satisfaction and restoring function of Cranio "andibular syste" for a 0uality life of a patient D 6he theoretical 7nowledge and clinical practice shall include principles in%ol%ed for support, retention, stability, esthetics, phonation, "astication, occlusion, beha%ioral, psychological, pre%enti%e and social aspects of science of Prosthodontics including Crown & Bridge and '"plantology

16

D 6heoretical 7nowledge and clinical practice shall include 7nowledge for laboratory practice and "aterial science. Students shall ac0uire 7nowledge and practice of history ta7ing, syste"ic and oro and Craniofacial region and diagnosis and treat"ent plan and prognosis record "aintaining. ! co"prehensi%e rehabilitation concept with pre prosthetic treat"ent plan including surgical :ee%aluation and prosthodontic treat"ent plan, i"pressions, 3aw relations, utility of face bow and articulators, selection and positioning of teeth for retention, stability, esthetics, phonation and psychological co"fort. Ait and insertion and instruction for patients after care and pre%enti%e Prosthodontics, "anage"ent of failed restorations. D 6MH syndromes, occlusion rehabilitation and craniofacial esthetics.

!tate of the art clinical methods and materials for implants supported e&tra oral and intra oral prosthesis.

D Student shall ac0uire 7nowledge of testing biological, "echanical and other physical property of all "aterial used for the clinical and laboratory procedures in prosthodontic therapy. D Students shall ac0uire full 7nowledge and practice E0uip"ents, instru"ents, "aterials, and laboratory procedures at a higher co"petence with accepted "ethods. D !ll clinical practice shall in%ol%e personal and social obligation of cross infection control, sterili&ation and waste "anage"ent. I. RE?O=ABLE 6ROST)O7ONTICS AN7 I?6LANTS
"8 5!ost6odontic t!e"t%ent fo! co%3letel' edent$lo$s 3"tients ) *o&plete denture' i&&ediate co&plete denture' single co&plete denture' tooth supported co&plete denture' I&plant supported -rosthesis for co&pletely edentulous b8 5!ost6odontic t!e"t%ent fo! 3"!ti"ll' edent$lo$s 3"tients: ( *lasp)retained partial dentures' intra coronal and e8tra coronal precision attach&ents retained partial dentures' &a8illofacial prosthesis.

6rostho ontic treat'ent for e entulous /atients:


-rosthesis for ,dentulous in both the arches

)*o&plete Dentures and I&plant supported

Co'/lete 7enture 6rosthesis ) Definitions' ter&inology' ;.-.T.' <oucher=s clinical dental ter&inology Sco/e of 6rostho ontics ) the *ranio Mandibular syste& and its functions' the reasons for loss of teeth and
&ethods of restorations'

'nfection control, cross infection barrier B


&anage&ent

clinical and laboratory and hospital and lab waste

a$ ,dentulous -redica&ent' <io&echanics of the edentulous state' Support &echanis& for the natural dentition and co&plete dentures' <iological considerations' >unctional and -ara functional considerations' ,sthetic' beha3ioral and adapti3e responses' Te&poro&andibular joints changes. b$ ,ffects of aging of edentulous patients ) aging population' distribution and edentulis& in old age' i&pact of age on edentulous &outh ) Mucosa' <one' sali3a' jaw &o3e&ents in old age' taste and s&ell' nutrition' aging' s7in and concern for personal appearance in old age

oralenvironment 1 Mucosal reactions altered taste perception burning mouth syndrome gagging residual ridge reduction denture stomatitis flabby ridge denture irritation hyperplasia traumatic 7lcers Oral cancer in denture wearers nutritional deficiencies masticatory ability and performance nutritional status and masticatory functions. d$ Temporomandibular disorders in edentulous patients 1 &pidemiology etiology and management Pharmacotherapy Physical modalities and <io1behavioral modalities

c$

teeth,

Se0ualae caused by wearing co"plete denture B the denture in the

17

e$ 0utrition !are for the denture wearing patient 1 "mpact of dental status of food inta'e =astrointestinal functions nutritional needs and status of older adults !alcium and bone health vitamin and herbal supplementation dietary counseling and ris' factor for malnutrition in patients with dentures and when teeth are e$tracted. f$ Preparing patient for complete denture patients 1 Diagnosis and treatment planning for edentulous and partially edentulous patients 1 familiarity with patients principles of perception health ;uestionnaires and identification data problem identification prognosis and treatment identification data problem identification prognosis and treatment planning 1 contributing history 1 patient>s history social information medical status 1 systemic status with special reference to debilitating diseases diseases of the (oint cardiovascular disease of the s'in neurological disorders oral malignancies climacteric use of drugs mental health 1 mental attitude psychological changes adaptability geriatric changes 1 physiologic pathological pathological and intra oral changes. "ntra oral health 1 mucose membrane alveolar ridges palate and vestibular sulcus and dental health. Data collection and recording visual observation radiography palpation measurement 1 sulci or fossae e$tra oral measurement is the vertical dimension of occlusion diagnostic casts.

*pecific observations 1 e$isting dentures soft tissue health hard tissue health 1 teeth bone. <iomechanical considerations 1 (aw relations border tissues saliva muscular development 1 muscle tones neuromuscular co1 ordination tongue chee' and lips. "nterpreting diagnostic findings and treatment planning g$ Pre prosthetic surgery 1 "mproving the patients denture bearing areas and ? relations4 1 non surgical methods 1 rest for the denture supporting tissues 3%9 correction of the old prosthesis good nutrition conditioning of the patients musculature surgical methods 1 !orrection of conditions that preclude optimal prosthetic function 1 hyperplastic ridge 1 epulis fissuratum and papillomatosis frenular attachments and pendulous ma$illary tuberosities ridge augmentation
"axillary and Mandibular oral i"plants, corrections of congenital defor"ities, discrepancies in 3aw si&e, relief of pressure on the "ental fora"en, enlarge"ent of denture bearing areas, %estibuloplasty, ridge aug"entation, replace"ent of tooth roots with Osseo integrated denture i"plants.

18

h$ '""ediate Denture B !d%antages, disad%antages, contra indication, diagnosis treat"ent plan and prognosis, Explanation to the patient, Oral exa"inations, exa"ination of existing prosthesis, tooth "odification, prognosis, referrals 4 ad3uncti%e care, oral prophylaxis and other treat"ent needs. Airst extraction 4 surgical %isit, preli"inary i"pressions and diagnostic casts, "anage"ent of loose teeth, custo" trays, final i"pressions and final casts two tray or sectional custo" i"pression tray, location of posterior li"it and 3aw relation records, setting the denture teeth 4 %erifying 3aw relations and the patient try in, laboratory phase, setting of anterior teeth, Eax contouring, flas7ing and boil out, processing and finishing, surgical te"plates, surgery and i""ediate denture insertion, post operati%e care and patient instructions, subse0uent ser%ice for the patient on the i""ediate denture, o%er denture tooth attach"ents, i"plants or i"plant attach"ents. i$ O%er dentures #tooth supported co"plete dentures$ B indications and treat"ent planning, ad%antages and disad%antages, selection of abut"ent teeth, lose of abut"ent teeth, tooth supported co"plete dentures. 5onBcoping abut"ents, abut"ent with copings, abut"ents with attach"ents, sub"erged %ital roots, preparations of the retained teeth. 3$ Single Dentures8 Single Mandibular denture to oppose natural "axillary teeth, single co"plete "axillary denture to oppose natural Mandibular teeth to oppose a partially edentulous Mandibular arch with fixed prosthesis, partially edentulous Mandibular arch with re"o%able partial dentures. Opposing existing co"plete dentures, preser%ation of the residual al%eolar ridge, necessity for retaining "axillary teeth and "ental trau"a. 7$ !rt of co""unication in the "anage"ent of the edentulous predica"ent BCo""unication B scope, a "odel of co""unication, why co""unication . i"portant, what are the ele"ents of effecti%e co""unications, special significance of doctor 4 patient co""unication, doctor beha%ior, 6he iatrosedati%e #doctor & act of "a7ing cal"$ recogni&ing and ac7nowledging the proble", exploring and identifying the proble", interpreting and explaining the proble", offering a solution to the proble" for "obili&e their resources to operate "ost efficient way, recogni&ing and ac7nowledging the proble", interpreting and explaining the proble", offering a solution to the proble". '$ Materials prescribed in the "anage"ent of edentulous patients B Denture base "aterials, 2eneral re0uire"ents of bio"aterials for edentulous patients, re0uire"ent of an ideal denture base, che"ical co"position of denture base resins, "aterials used in the fabrication of prosthetic denture teeth, re0uire"ent of prosthetic denture teeth, denture lining "aterials and tissue conditioners, cast "etal alloys as denture, bases B base "etal alloys. "$ !rticulators B Classification, selection, li"itations, precision, accuracy and sensiti%ity, and Aunctional acti%ities of the lower "e"ber of the articulator and uses' n$ Aabrications of co"plete dentures B co"plete denture i"pressions B "uscles of facial expressions and anato"ical land"ar7s, support, retention, stability, ai"s and ob3ecti%es B preser%ation, support, stability, aesthetics, and retention. '"pression "aterials and techni0ues B need of + i"pressions the preli"inary i"pression and final i"pression. De%eloping an analogue 4 substitute for the "axillary denture bearing area Banato"y of supporting structures B "ucous "e"brane, hard palate, residual ridge, shape of the supporting structure and factors that influence the for" and si&e of the supporting bones, incisi%e fora"en, "axillary tuberosity, sharp spiny process, torus palatinus, !nato"y of peripheral or li"iting structures, labial %estibule, Buccal %estibule, %ibrating line, preli"inary and final i"pressions, i"pression "a7ing, custo" tray and refining the custo" tray, preparing the tray to secure the final i"pression, "a7ing the final i"pression, boxing i"pression and "a7ing the casts De3eloping an analogue ? substitute for the Mandibular denture bearing area)Mandible ) anato&y of supporting structure' crest of the residual ridge' the <uccal shelf' shape of supporting structure' &ylohyoid ridge' &ental fora&en' genial tubercles' torus &andibularis' %nato&y of peripheral or li&iting structure ) labial 3estibule' <uccal 3estibule' lingual border'

19

&ylohyoid &uscle' retro&ylohyoid fossa' sublingual gland region' al3eolingual sulcus' Mandibular i&pressions ) preli&inary i&pressions' custo& tray' refining' preparing the tray@' final i&pressions. o$ Mandibular &o3e&ents' Ma8illo &andibular relation and concepts of occlusion );nathology' identification of shape and location of arch for& ) Mandibular and &a8illary' occlusion ri&' le3el of occlusal plane and recording of trail denture base' tests to deter&ine 3ertical di&ension of occlusion' interocclusal' centric relation records' <iological and clinical considerations in &a7ing jaw relation records and transferring records fro& the patients to the articulator' .ecording of Mandibular &o3e&ents ) influence of opposing tooth contacts' Te&poro&andibular joint' &uscular in3ol3e&ents' neuro&uscular regulation of Mandibular &otion'
the en3elope of &otion' rest position' Ma8illo ) Mandibular relations ) the centric' eccentric' physiologic rest position' 3ertical di&ension' occlusion' recording &ethods ) &echanical' physiological' Deter&ining

record

the horiAontal jaw relation ) >unctional graphics' tactile or interocclusal check

"ethod, Orientation 4 sagittal relation records, !rbitrary 4 inge axis and face bow record, significance and re0uire"ent, principles and biological considerations and securing on articulators. p$ Selecting and arranging artificial teeth and occlusion for the edentulous patient Banterior tooth selection, posterior tooth selection, and principles in arrange"ent of teeth, and factors go%erning position of teeth B hori&ontal, %ertical. 6he inclinations and arrange"ent of teeth for aesthetics, phonetics and "echanics Bto concept of occlusion. 0$ 6he 6ry in B %erifying %ertical di"ension, centric relation, establish"ent of posterior palatal seal, creating a facial and functional har"ony with anterior teeth, har"ony of spaces of indi%idual teeth position, har"ony with sex, personality and age of the patient, coBrelating aesthetics and incisal guidance. r$ Speech considerations with co"plete dentures B speech production B structural and functional de"ands, neuropsychological bac7ground, speech production and the roll of teeth and other oral structures B bilabial sounds, labiodentals sounds, linguodental sounds, linguoal%eolar sound, articulatoric characteristics, acoustic characteristics, auditory characteristics, linguopalatal and linguoal%eolar sounds, speech analysis and prosthetic considerations. s$ Eaxing contouring and processing the dentures their fit and insertion and after care B laboratory procedure B wax contouring, flas7ing and processing, laboratory re"ount procedures and selecti%e, finishing and polishing. Criti0uing the finished prosthesis B doctors e%aluation, patients e%aluation, friends e%aluation, eli"ination of basal surface errors, errors in occlusion, interocclusal records for re"ounting procedures B %erifying centric relation, eli"inating occlusal errors, special instructions to the patient B appearance with new denture, "astication with new dentures, spea7ing with new dentures, spea7ing with new dentures, oral hygiene with dentures, preser%ing of residual ridges and educational "aterial for patients, "aintaining the co"fort and health of the oral ca%ity in the rehabilitated edentulous patients. 6wentyBfour hours oral exa"ination and treat"ent and pre%enti%e Prosthodontic B periodontic recall for oral exa"ination I to . &onths inter3als and yearly inter3als.
t$ I&plant supported -rosthesis for partially edentulous patients ) Science of +sseo integration' clinical protocol for treat&ent with i&plant supported o3er dentures' &anaging proble&s and co&plications' i&plant -rosthodontics for edentulous patients: current and future directions.

u$

I&plant supported prosthesis for partially edentulous patients ) *linical and laboratory protocol: I&plant supported prosthesis'

&anaging proble&s and i&plications.

D 'ntroduction and istorical :e%iew D Biological, clinical and surgical aspects of oral i"plants D Diagnosis and treat"ent planning D :adiological interpretation for selection of fixtures D :adiological interpretation for selection of fixtures

20

D Splints for guidance fort surgical place"ent of fixtures D 'ntra oral plastic surgery D 2uided bone and 6issue generation consideration for i"plants fixture. D D '"plants supported prosthesis for co"plete edentulis" and partial edentulis" D Occlusion for i"plants support prosthesis. D PeriBi"plant tissue and Manage"ent D PeriBi"plant and "anage"ent D Maintenance and after care D Manage"ent of failed restoration. D Eor7 authori&ation for i"plant supported prosthesis B definiti%e instructions, legal aspects, delineation of responsibility. 6rostho ontic treat'ent for /artiall! e entulo$s 3"tients ( :e%o2"ble 3"!ti"l 5!ost6odontics (
a. Scope' definition and ter&inology' *lassification of partially edentulous arches ) re0uire&ents of an acceptable &ethods of classification' 5ennedy=s classification' %pplegate=s rules for applying the 5ennedy classification.

b. Co"ponents of :PD B "a3or connector B "andibular and "axillary, "inor connectors, design, functions, for" and location of "a3or and "inor connectors, tissue stops, finishing lines, reaction of tissue to "etallic co%erage :est and rest seats B fro" of the Occlusal rest and rest seat, interproxi"al Occlusal rest seats, internal Occlusal rests, possible "o%e"ents of partial dentures, support for rests, lingual rests on canines and incisor teeth, incisal rest and rest seat. Direct retainerB 'nternal attach"ent, extracoronal direct retainer, relati%e unifor"ity of retention, flexibility of clasp ar"s, stabili&ing B reciprocal clasp are, criteria for selecting a gi%en clasp design, the basic principles of clasp design, circu"ferential clasp' bar clasp' co&bination clasp and other type of retainers.
Indirect .etainer ) denture rotation about an a8is' factors influencing au8iliary +cclusal

&odification areas' rugae support' direct ) indirect retention.

effectiveness of indirect retainers' for&s of indirect retainers' rest, canine e8tensions fro& +cclusal rests' canine rests' continuous bar retainers and linguoplates,

Principles of re"o%able partial Denture design B bio "echanic considerations, and the factors 'nfluence after "outh preparations B Occlusal relationship of re"aining 62eeth

orientation of Occlusal plane available space for restoration arch integrity tooth morphology response of oral structure to previous stress periodontal conditions abutment support tooth supported and tooth and tissue supported need for indirect retention clasp design need for rebasing secondary impression need for abutment tooth modification type of ma(or connector type of teeth selection patients past >e$perience method of replacing single teeth or missing anterior teeth. Difference between tooth supported and tissue supported partial dentures essential of partial denture design components of partial denture design tooth support ridge support stabili:ing components guiding planes use of splint barfor denture support internal clip attachments overlay abutment as support for a denture base use of a component partial to gain support. c. &ducation of patient d. Diagnosis and treatment planning

21

e. Design treatment se;uencing and mouth preparation f. *urveying 1 Description of dental surveyor purposes of surveyor procedure of survey
!i"s and ob3ecti%es in sur%eying of diagnostic cast and "aster cast, Ainal path of place"ent, factors that deter"ine path of place"ent and re"o%al, :ecording relation of cast to sur%eyor, "easuring retention, Bloc7ing of "aster cast B paralleled bloc7out, shaped bloc7out, arbitrary bloc7out and relief.

g. Diagnosis and treatment planning 1 "nfection control and cross infection barriers 1clinical and laboratory and hospital and lab waste management Ob(ectives of prosthodontic treatment Records systemic evaluation Oral e$amination preparation of diagnostic cast interpretation of e$amination data radiographic interpretation periodontal considerations caries activity prospective surgical preparation endodontic treatment analysis of occlusal factors fi$ed restorations orthodontic treatment need for determining the design of components impression procedures and occlusion need for reshaping remaining teeth reduction of unfavorable tooth contours differential diagnosis4 fi$ed or removable partial dentures choice between complete denture and removable partial dentures choice of materials
h. Preparation of Mouth for re"o%able partial dentures B Oral surgical preparation, conditioning of abused and irritated tissues, periodontal preparation B ob3ecti%es of periodontal therapy, periodontal diagnosis, control therapy, periodontal surgery. i. Preparation of !but"ent teeth B Classification of abut"ent teeth, se0uence of abut"ent preparations on sound ena"el or existing restorations, conser%ati%e restoration using crowns, splinting abut"ent teeth, utili&ation, te"porary crowns to be used as abut"ent. 3. '"pression Materials and Procedures for :e"o%able Partial Dentures B :igid "aterials, ther"oplastic "aterials, Elastic "aterials, '"pressions of the partially edentulous arch, 6ooth supported, tooth tissue supported, 'ndi%idual i"pression trays. 7. Su//ort for the 7istal E9tension 7enture Base : 7istal e9tension re'o-a$le /artial enture1 &actors influencin# the su//ort of istal e9tension $ase1 ?etho s for o$tainin# functional su//ort for the istal e9tension $ase. I. La$orator! 6roce ures : 7u/licatin# a stone case1 3a9in# the /artial enture fra'e 0or41 Anato'ic re/lica /atterns1 S/ruin#1 in-estin#1 $urnout1 castin# an finishin# of the /artial enture fra'e0or41 'a4in# recor $ases1 occlusion ri's1 'a4in# a stone occlusal te'/late fro' a functional occlusal recor 1 arran#in# /osterior teeth to an o//osin# cast or te'/late1 t!/es of anterior teeth1 0a9in# an in-estin# tinE partial denture before processing acrylic resin bases, processing the denture, re"ounting and occlusal correction to an occlusal te"plate, polishing the denture. ". 'nitial place"ent, ad3ust"ent and ser%icing of the re"o%able partial denture B ad3ust"ents to bearing surfaces of denture fra"ewor7, ad3ust"ent of occlusion in har"ony with natural and artificial dentition, instructions to the patient, follow B up ser%ices

22

n. :elining and :ebasing the re"o%able partial denture B :elining tooth supported dentures bases, relining distal extension denture bases, "ethods of reestablishing occlusion on a relined partial denture. o. :epairs and additions to re"o%able partial dentures B Bro7en clasp ar"s, fractured occlusal rests, distortion or brea7age of other co"ponents B "a3or and "inor connectors, loss of a tooth or teeth not in%ol%ed in the support or retention of the restoration, loss of an abut"ent tooth necessitating its replace"ent and "a7ing a new direct retainer, Other types of repairs, :epair by soldering. p. :e"o%able partial denture considerations in "axillofacial prosthetics B Maxillofacial prosthetics, intra oral prosthesis, design considerations, "axillary prosthesis. Obturators, speech aids, palatal lifts, palatal aug"entations, "andibular prosthesis, treat"ent planning, fra"ewor7 design, class ' resection, Class '' resection, "andibular flange prosthesis, 3aw relation record 0. Manage"ent of failed restorations, wor7 authori&ation. II. ?ADILLO&ACIAL RE)ABILITATION: Scope, ter"inology, definitions, cross infection control and hospital waste "anage"ent, wor7 authori&ation. Beha%ioral and psychological issues in ead and nec7 cancer, Psychodyna"ic interactions B clinician and patient B Cancer Che"otherapy8 Oral Manifestations, Co"plications, and "anage"ent, :adiation therapy of head and nec7 tu"ors8 Oral effects, Dental "anifestations and dental treat"ent8 Etiology, treat"ent and rehabilitation 6 restoration$) %c0uired defect of the &andible' ac0uired defects of hard palate' soft palate' clinical &anage&ent of edentulous and partially edentulous &a8illecto&y patients' >acial defects' .estoration of speech' Belopharyngeal function' cleft lip and palate' cranial i&plants' &a8illofacial trau&a' /ip and chee7 support prosthesis' /aryngecto&y aids' +bstructi3e sleep apnoea' Tongue prosthesis' ,sophageal prosthesis' Baginal radiation carrier' <urn stents' 2asal stents' %uditory inserts' tris&us appliances' &outh controlled de3ices for assisting the handicapped' custo& prosthesis for lagophthalo&os of the eye. +sseo integrated supported facial and &a8illofacial prosthesis. .esin bonding for &a8illofacial prosthesis' I&plant rehabilitation of the &andible co&pro&ise by radiotherapy' *raniofacial +sseo integration' -rosthodontic treat&ent' Material and laboratory procedures for &a8illofacial prosthesis.

III. O!!.7*"O0 E-aluation1 7ia#nosis an Treat'ent of Occlusal 6ro$le's Scope, definition, ter"inology, opti"u" oral health, anato"ic har"ony, functional har"ony, occlusal stability, causes of deterioration of dental and oral health, !nato"ical, physiological, neuro B "uscular, psychological, considerations of teeth, "uscles of "astication, te"poro"andibular 3oint, intra oral and extra oral and facial "usculatures, the functions of Cranio "andibular syste". Occlusal therapy, the sto"atognathic syste", centric relation, %ertical di"ension, the neutral &one, the occlusal plane, differential diagnosis of te"poro"andibular disorders, understanding and diagnosing intra articular proble"s, relating treat"ent to diagnosis of internal derange"ents of 6MH, Occlusal splints, Selecting instru"ents for occlusal diagnosis and treat"ent, "ounting casts, Pan7eyB"annB schuyler philosophy of co"plete occlusal rehabilitation, long centric, anterior guidance, restoring lower anterior teeth, restoring upper anterior teeth, deter"ining the type of posterior occlusal contours, "ethods for deter"ining the plane of occlusion, restoring lower posterior teeth, restoring upper posterior teeth, functionally generated path techni0ues fro recording border "o%e"ents intra orally, occlusal

23

e0uilibration, Bruxis", Procedural steps in restoring occlusions, re0uire"ents for occlusal stability, sol%ing occlusal proble"s through progra""ed treat"ent planning, splinting, sol%ing B occlusal wear proble"s, deep o%erbite proble"s, anterior o%er3et proble"s, anterior open bite proble"s. 6reating B end to end occlusion, splayed anterior teeth, cross bite patient, Crowded, irregular, or interloc7ing anterior bite, using Cephalo"etric for occlusal analysis, sol%ing se%ere arch "alrelationship proble"s, transcranial radiography, postoperati%e care of occlusal therapy. I=. &IDE7 6ROST)O7ONTICS Scope, definitions and ter"inology, classification and principles, design, "echanical and biological considerations of co"ponents B :etainers, connectors, pontics, wor7 authori&ation. D 7ia#nosis an treat'ent /lannin# : patients history and inter%iew, patients desires and expectations and needs, syste"ic and e"otional health, clinical exa"inations Bhead and nec7, oral B teeth, occlusal and periodontal, Preparation of diagnostic cast, radiographic interpretation, !esthetics, endodontics considerations, abut"ent selection B bone support, root proxi"ities and inclinations, selections of abut"ents, for cantile%er, pier abut"ents, splinting, a%ailable tooth structures and crown "orphology, 6MH and "uscles "astication and co"prehensi%e planning and prognosis. D ?ana#e'ent of carious teeth B caries in aged, caries control, re"o%ing infected carious "aterials, protection of pulp, reconstruction "easure for co"pro"ising teeth B retenti%e pins, hori&ontal slots, retention groo%es, pre%ention of caries, diet, pre%ention of root caries and %accine for caries. D 6erio ontal consi erations B attach"ent units, liga"ents, gingi%itis, periodortKl Microbiological aspect of periodontal diseases, "arginal lesion, occlusal trau"a, periodontal poc7ets attached gingi%a, interdental papilla, gingi%al e"brasures, radiographic interpretations of Periodontia, intraoral plastics, periodontal splinting BAixed prosthodontics with periodontially co"pro"ised dentitions, place"ent of "argin restorations. D Bio'echanical /rinci/le of tooth /re/arations B indi%idual tooth preparations B Co"plete "etal Crowns B P.A.C., !ll porcelain B Cerestore crowns, dicor crowns, incere" etc. porcelain 3ac7et crowns partial I4., half and half, ridiculer, telescopic, telescopic, pin B hole, pin B ledge, la"inates, inlays, onlays and preparations for restoration of teeth B a"alga", glass lono"er and co"posite resins, :esin Bond retainer, 2ingi%al "arginal preparations B Design, "aterial selection, and biological and "echanical considerations B intracoronal retainer and precision attach"ents Bcusto" "ade and ready "ade D Isolation an flui control B :ubber da" applications, tissue dilation B soft tissue "anage"ent for cast restoration, i"pression "aterials and techni0ues, pro%isional restoration, interocclusal records, laboratory support for fixed ProsthodonticsC Occlusion, Occlusal e0uilibration, articulators, recording and transferring of occlusal relations, ce"enting of restoration. D Resins1 Gol an #ol allo!s1 #lass lono'er1 restorations. D Restorations of en o onticall! treate teeth1 Sto'ato#nathic 7!sfunction an 'ana#e'ents
4 ."n"ge%ent of f"iled !esto!"tions

D ;sseo integ!"ted s$33o!ted fi<ed 5!ost6odontics ) +sseo integrated supported and tooth supported fi8ed -rosthodontics =. TM@ 7 -e%3o!o%"ndib$l"! =oint d'sf$nction 1 *cope definitions* "nd te!%inolog' 6e"poro"andibular 3oint and its function, Orofacial /ain1 an /ain fro' the te'/oro'an i$ular 8oint re#ion1 te'/oro'an i$ular 8oint !sfunction1 te'/oro'an i$ular 3oint sounds, te"poro"andibular 3oint disorders !nato"y related, trau"a, disc displace"ent, Osteoarthrosis4Osteoarthritis, yper "obility and dislocation, infectious arthritis, infla""atory diseases, EagleCs syndro"e #Styloid Bstylohyoid syndro"e$, Syno%ial chondro"atosis, Osteochondrrosis disease, Ostonecrosis, 5er%e entrap"ent process, 2rowth changes, 6u"ors, :adiographic i"aging

24

D Etiology, diagnosis and cranio "andibular pain, differential diagnosis and "anage"ent, orofacial pain B pain fro" teeth, pulp, dentin, "uscle pain, 6MH pain Bpsycho logic, physiologic B endogenous control, acupuncture analgesia, Placebo effects on analgesia, 6rige"inal neuralgia, 6e"poral arteritis D Occlusal splint therapy B construction and fitting of occlusal splints, "anage"ent of occlusal splints, therapeutic effects of occlusal splints, occlusal splints and general "uscles perfor"ance, 6MH (oint uploading and anterior repositioning

appliances use and care of occlusal splints. 8 Occlusal ad(ustment procedures 1 Reversible 1 occlusal stabili:ation splints and physical therapies (aw e$ercises (aw manipulation and other physiotherapy or irreversible therapy 1 occlusal repositioning appliances orthodontic treatment Orthognathic surgery fi$ed and removable prosthodontic treatment and occlusal ad(ustment removable prosthodontic treatment and occlusal ad(ustment "ndication for occlusal ad(ustment special nature of orofacial pain "ndication for occlusal ad(ustment special nature of orofacial pain Psychopathological considerations occlusal ad(ustment philosophies mandibular position e$cursive guidance occlusal contact scheme goals of occlusal ad(ustment significance of a slide in centric Preclinical procedures clinical procedures for occlusal ad(ustment. -". )&*T+&T"!
Sco/e1 efinitions : Morpho psychology and esthetics, structural esthetic rules B facial co"ponents, dental co"ponents, gingi%al co"ponents physical co"ponents. Esthetics and its relationship to function B Crown "orphology, physiology of occlusion, "astication, occlusal loading and clinical aspect in bio esthetic aspects, Physical and physiologic characteristic and "uscular acti%ities of facial "uscle, perioral anato"y and "uscle retaining exercises S"ile B classification and s"ile co"ponents, s"ile design, esthetic restoration of s"ile, Esthetic "anage"ent of the dentogingi%al unit, intraoral plastic for "anage"ent of gingi%al contours, and ridge contours, Periodontal esthetics, :estorations B 6ooth colored restorati%e "aterials, the clinical and laboratory aspects, "arginal fit anato"y, inclinations, for", si&e, shape, color, e"brasures, contact point. Teachin# an learnin# acti-ities:

course shall pursue the course for a period of three years as full 7 time students. %uring this period each student shall take part actively in learning and teaching activities designed by the Institution/ ?niversity. "he following teaching and learning activities in each speciality. Prosthodontic treatment should be practiced by developing skills by teaching various and more number of patients to establish skill for diagnose and treatment and aftercare with bio7mechanical, biological, bio7esthetics, ;io7phonetics and all treatment should be carried out in more number for developing clinical skill
!ll the candidates registered for MDS

"here shall be didactic lectures both in the speciality and in the allied fields. "he postgraduate departments should encourage the guest lectures in the re+uired areas to strengthen the training programmes. It is also
1. Lectures:
25

desirable to have certain integrated lectures by multidisciplinary teams on selected topics 2. Aournal clu$: "he journal review meetings shall be held at least once a week. 6ll trainees are e&pected to participate actively and enter relevant details in logbook. "he trainee should make presentations from the allotted journal of selected articles at least ! times in a year. 3. Se'inars: "he seminars shall be held at least twice a week in the department, all trainees associated with postgraduate teachers are e&pected to participate actively and enter relevant details in logbook. Each trainee shall make at least -7seminar presentation in each year. . S!'/osiu': It is recommended to hold symposium on topics covering multiple disciplines one in each academic year.
!. 3or4sho/s:

It is recommended to hold workshops on topics covering

multiple disciplines one in each academic year. ". Clinical 6ostin#s: Each trainee shall work in the clinics on regular basis to ac+uire ade+uate professional skills and competency in managing various cases to be treated by a specialist #. Clinico 6atholo#ical Conference: "he Clinico pathological conferences should be held once in a month involving the faculties of oral biology, oral medicine and radiology, oral pathology, oral surgery, period ontology, endodontia and concerned clinical department. "he trainees should be encouraged to present the clinical details, ft radiological and histo7pathological interpretations and participation in the discussions, ( C. Inter e/art'ental ?eetin#s: "o bring in more integration among various specialities there shall be interdepartmental meeting chaired by the dean with all heads of postgraduate departments at least once a month. -. Rural oriented prosthodontic health care 7 "o carry out a prosthodontic therapy interacting with rural centers and the institution. )*. Teaching s'ills4 6ll the trainees shall be encouraged to take part in undergraduate teaching programmes either in the form of lectures or group discussions 11. E-aluation s4ills: 6ll the trainees shall be encouraged to take part evaluating the skills and knowledge in clinical laboratory practice including theory by formulating +uestion banks and model answers. 12. Continuin# ental e ucation /ro#ra''es@ Each Postgraduate department shall organi#e these programmes on regular basis involving the/0ther institutions. "he trainees shall also be encouraged to attend such programmes conducted elsewhere. 13. Conferences53or4sho/s5A -ance courses@ "he trainees shall be encouraged not only to attend conference/workshops/advance courses but also to present at least two papers at state/national speciality meeting during their training period.

26

Rotation an /ostin# in other e/art'ents@ "o bring in more integration between the speciality and allied fields each post graduate department shall workout a programme to rotate the trainees in related disciplines and Craniofacial and ma&illofacial ward. 1!. 7issertation: "rainees shall prepare a dissertation based on the clinical or laboratory e&perimental work or any other study conducted by them under the supervision of the post graduate guide. 1 . I >EAR ?.7.S D 6heoretical

exposure of all applied sciences of study D Clinical and nonBclinical exercises in%ol%ed in Prosthodontic therapy for assess"ent and ac0uiring higher co"petence.
E Co''ence'ent of Li$rar! Assi#n'ent 0ithin si9 'onths. E !hort

epidemiological study relevant to Prosthodontics. A 6c+uaintance with books, journals and referrals "o ac+uire knowledge of list of published books, journal and website for the purpose of gaining knowledge and reference 7 in the fields of Prosthodontics including Crown B bridge and implantology A 6c+uire knowledge of instruments, e+uipment, and research tools in Prosthodontics. A "o ac+uire knowledge of %ental 'aterial !cience 7 ;iological and bwrnecnankal, bio7esthetics knowledge of using in laboratory and clinics including testing methods. A Participation and presentation in seminars, didactics lectures A Evaluation 7 Internal 6ssessment e&aminations on 6pplied subjects
II >EAR ?.7.S. D !c0uired confidence in obtaining %arious phases and techni0ues for pro%idl
therapy. 4 %c0uiring confidence by clinical practice with sufficient nu&bers of patient re0uiring -rosthodontic

tooth and tooth surface restorations. D !de0uate nu"ber of co"plete denture prosthesis and techni0ues higher clinical approach by utili&ing in se"iBad3ustable articulators, face bow and graphic tracing. D (nderstanding the use of the dental sur%eyor and its application in diagnosis and treat"ent plan in :.P.D. Adequate numbers of R.P.D. covering all clinical partially edentulous situation Adequate number of Crowns, Inlays, laminates .P.D. covering all clinically, partial edentulous situation. !election of cases and principles in treatment of edentulous patients, partial or complete by implant supported prost"esis. 6reating single edentulous situation by i"plant support. D Diagnosis and treat"ent planning.

27

D )st stage and ll nd stage i"plant surgery D (nderstanding the "axillofacial Prosthodontics D 6reating craniofacial defects D Manage"ent of orofacial esthetics D Prosthetic "anage"ent of 6MH syndro"e D Occlusal rehabilitation D Maintenance and "anage"ent of filled restoration D Prosthodontic Manage"ent of patient with psychogenic origin. D Practice of child and geriatric prosthodontics D -articipation and presentation in se&inars' didactics lectures
4 ,3aluation ) Internal %ssess&ent e8a&inations

III A&)R M.D.* D Clinical and laboratory practice continued fro" ''nd year
Occlusal equilibration procedures - Fabrication of stabilizing splint for parafunctional

disorders, occlusal disorders and 6MH functions. D Practice of dental, oral and facial esthetics D 6he clinical practice of all aspects of Prosthodontic therapy for elderly patients. D '"plants Prosthodontics B :ehabilitation of Partial Edentulous, Co"plete edentulis" and for craniofacial rehabilitation D Aailures in all aspects of Prosthodontics and its "anage"ent and after care D 6ea" "anage"ent for esthetics, 6MH syndro"e and Maxillofacial and Craniofacial Prosthodontics D Manage"ent of Prosthodontics e"ergencies, resuscitation. D Candidate should co"plete the course by attending by large nu"ber and %ariety of patients to "aster the prosthodontic therapy. 6his includes the practice "anage"ent, exa"inations, treat"ent planning, co""unication with patients, clinical and laboratory techni0ues "aterials and instru"entation re0uiring different aspects of prosthodontic therapy, 6ooth and 6ooth surface restoration, :estoration of root treated teeth, splints for periodontal rehabilitations and fractured 3aws, co"plete dentures, :.P.D. APD. '""ediate dentures o%er dentures i"plant supported prosthesis, "axillofacial and body prosthesis, occlusal rehabilitation. D Prosthetic "anage"ent of 6MH syndro"e D Manage"ent of failed restorations D Co"plete and sub"it Library !ssign"ent @ &onths prior to e8a&ination.
4 *andidates should ac0uire co&plete theoretical and clinical 7nowledge through se&inars' sy&posiu&' wor7shops and reading. 4 -articipation and presentation in se&inars' didactic lectures. 4 ,3aluation ) Internal %ssess&ent e8a&inations three &onths before Dni3ersity e8a&inations.

6ROST)O7ONTIC TREAT?ENT ?O7ALITIES 1. Diagnosis and treat"ent plan in prosthodontics 1. 6ooth and tooth surface restorations

28

Aillings 9eneers B co"posites and cera"ics 'nlaysB co"posite, cera"ic and alloys Onlay B co"posite, cera"ic and alloys

?ana#e'ent of faile restoration Partial crowns B J '1 %5(1h1 +5,1h1 9& crowns Pin7ledge 8adicular crowns :ull crowns
."n"ge%ent of failed restorations PA !"A#

C9'PCE"&

D 6ooth supported DTissue

5i$ed partial denture Overdenture "nterim partial denture !omplete "ntermidiate partial denture "mmediate denture

denture

*upported

complete

"mmediate Denture

DTooth

and tissue supported denture Overdenture Precision attachment


D"mplant

!ast partial

supported

!ement retained *crew retained !lip attachment

<ar attachment <all attachment

DTooth

and implant supported !ement retained

*crew retained

DRoot

supported

Dowel and core Pin retained

Overdenture

29

?ana#e'ent of faile restorations F %istal e&tension prosthesis

A "ooth borne prosthesis A Combination distal e&tension and tooth borne prosthesis A 8etainers for partial dentures 7 intra coronal, e&tra coronal or Para coronal intrapro$imal with cantilevered pontics F 6ttached to cantilevered pontics 8Pontics between bridge retainers 8)ttached to root coping 8*pring loaded bolts or plungers
D :ing springs D Bolts D :ubber de%ice D Slide cap attach"ents D Cones crown D ybrid telescope D :ing telescope D Prefabricated capBpost syste" FPrecision attachments
"ntra coronal attachments $%tra coronal attachments &ar - slide attachments 'oints and hinge (oint attachments
."n"ge%ent of f"iled !esto!"tions

.. 6ooth and tissue defects #MaxilloB facial and CranioBfacial prosthesis$ A. Con#enital 7efects a. *left lip and palate O$turators E Aeeding E Surgical D D E E E
I&&ediate Delayed

'nteri" Definiti%e i"plant supported prosthesis

30

b.Pierre Robin *yndrome

E cast partial i"plant supported co"plete dentures

denture dentures

c.&ctodermal dysplasia d.+emifacial microsomia e.)nodontia f.Oligodontia g.Malformed teeth

B. AcCuire efects a. +ead and nec' cancer patients 1 prosthodontic splints and stents b. Restoration of facial defects
1)uricular prosthesis 1 0asal prosthesis 1Orbital prosthesis 1 !raniofacial implants

c. Midfacial defects d. :estoration of "axillofacial trau"a e. e"i"andibulecto"y f. Maxillecto"y g. .ip and chee' support prosthesis
h. Ocular prosthesis

i. Speech and 9elopharyngeal prosthesis 3. Laryngecto"y aids 7. Esophageal prosthesis '. 0asal stents
m. Tongue prosthesis n. <urn stents o. )uditory inserts p. Trismus appliances

0. Prosthesis for lagopthal"os of the eye ?ana#e'ent of faile restorations. (. T8..A "nd ;ccl$s"l dist$!b"nces a. Occlusal e0uilibration 1Diagnostic b. *plints
1Repositioners # Deprogrammers

c. )nterior bite plate d. Posterior bite plate e. Bite raisin# a//liances f. Occlusal rehabilitation

g. <ehavioral and psychological care for the cancer patient Manage"ent of failed restorations
@. Esthetic4S"ile designing

31

a. La"inates 4 9eneers b. 6ooth contouring #peg laterals, "alfor"ed teeth$ c. Tooth replacements

d. Team management

?ana#e'ent of faile restorations +. 6s!cholo#ical thera/! a. 1uestionnaires b Charts, papers, photographs c. Models d !ase reports

e Patient counseling . f <ehavioral modifications .


g)

:eferrals
e!i"t!ic 5!ost6odontics

,.

a. Prosthodontics for the elderly b. Beha%ioral and psychological counseling c. d. e. f. g. :e"o%able Prosthodontics Aixed Prosthodontics '"plant supported Prosthodontics Maxillofacial Prosthodontics Psychological and physiological considerations

?ana#e'ent of failed restorations


98 6re-enti-e 'easures

a.

Diet and nutrition "odulation and counseling

b. Referrals 6 E ;E>C$ *98D !$9?C% ;E C9'PCE"E% ;E:98E "$E CCI>IC6C F+.5 ST%.TS %?8I>= "$E :I8!" EE68 9: "$E
'.%.! C9?8!E

I. Co'/lete entures ). !rrange"ents in ad3ustable articulator for D Class ' E Class '' E Class ''' E Cross bite 2. =arious face $o0 transfer to a 8usta$le articulators 3. Processing of characteri:ed anatomical denture II. Re'o-a$le /artial enture

32

). Design for <ennedyCs Classification #Sur%ey, bloc7 out and design$ a. Class ' b. Class '' c. Class ''' d. !lass "2. Designing of various components of RPD 3. Ba$ pattern on refractory cast a. !lass " b. Class '' c. Class ''' d. !lass ") !asting and finishing of metal framewor's !) !crylisation on "etal fra"ewor7s for Class ' Class """ with modification III. &i9e 6artial 7enture 4 Preparation of i%ory teeth4natural teeth 4 A%c for &etal 4 >B* for cera&ic 4 Porcelain #ac$et crown 4 !crylic 3ac7et crown 4 PAM crown 4 I4.th 6canine' pre&olar and central$ 4 >4/th posterior 4 Proxi"al half crown 4 'nlay B Class ', '', B 4 +nlay)-in ledged' pinhole 4 /a&inates 2.
-reparation of different die syste&

3. Aabrication of wax pattern by drop wax build up techni0ue D Eax in incre"ents to produce wax coping o%er dies of tooth preparations on substructures.

D
4

)a% additi*e technique I)unit wa8 pattern 6&a8illary and Mandibular$ >ull &outh

..

-ontic design in wa8 pattern

4 4 4 4

:idge lap Sanitary Modified ridge lap Modified sanitary Spheroidal or conical

=. Aabrication of "etal fra"ewor7 D D


4

Aull "etal bridge for posterior #I units$ Coping for anterior #I unit$
>ull &etal with acrylic facing

33

4 4 4

>ull &etal with cera&ic facing %dhesi3e bridge for anterior *oping for &etal &argin cera&ic crown -in ledge crown

". Fabrication of cro+ns

4 4 4 4 4

Post and core !ll cera"ic crowns with characteri&ed Metal cera"ic crowns with characteri&ed Aull "etal crown Precious "etal crown

>. La"inates D Co&posites with characteriAed


4 *era&ic with characteriAed %crylic

/. Preparation for co&posites D La"inates A Crown A 'nlay A Onlay A Class 1 8 Class '' A Class ''' A Class '9 A Aractured anterior tooth I=. ?a9illofacial /rosthesis Eye ). 2. Ear 3. 5ose . Aace !. Body ". Cranial #. e"i"axillecto"y
C. G. 1H. 11.

e"i"andibulecto"y Ainger prosthesis 2uiding flange Obturator

=. I'/lant su//orte /rosthesis ). Step by step procedures ) laboratory phase 9'. Other exercises 1. 6MH splints B stabili&ation appliances, "axillary and Mandibular repositioning appliances .. !nterior disclusion appliances

34

4. Chro"e cobalt and acrylic resin stabili&ation appliances 2. Modification in acco""odation in irregularities in dentures -. Occlusal splint F. Periodontal splint ,. Precision attach"ents B custo" "ade <. O%er denture coping G. Aull "outh rehabilitation #by drop wax techni0ue, cera"ic build up$ 1/. 6MH appliances Bstabili&ation appliances Essential S7ills G <ey O BEashes up and obser%es. !BAssists a senior P'B Perfor"s independently PROCEDURE CATEGORY , A + + -!ooth and tooth surface restorationa. + /omposites - fillings, laminates, inlay, onlayb. + ) /eramics - laminates, inlays, onlaysc. 0lass ) lonomer
/ O)12

PA- performs procedure under the direct super*ision of a senior specialist

PA + + )

P" )* )* )*

F3/ for metal


F3/ for ceramic Precious metal cro+n 0al*anoformed cro+n 456th cro+ns 7premolars, canines and centrals. 859th posterior cro+n Pro%imal half cro+n Pinledge and pinhole cro+ns !elescopic cro+ns "ntraradicular cro+ns 7central, lateral, canine, premolar, and molar.

) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
2

+ + 1 1 : 1 : : 1 1

+ + ) ) : : : : 1 1 )

)* )* = ) = = = = = = =

/ro+n as implant supported prosthesis

&IDE7 6ARTIAL 7ENTURES

35

Cast porcelain#I unit$ Cast "etalBprecious and non precious #I unit posterior$ Porcelain fused "etal #anterior and posterior$ Multiple abut"entB "axillary and "andibular full arch 'ncorporation of custo" "ade and ready"ade precision 3oint or attach"ent !dhesi%e bridge for anterior4 posterior Metal fused to resin anterior APD Interim provisional restorations %crowns and PDs& Immediate fixed partial dentures (interim) ' 1 ' B

) B ) B ) ) ) ) B ) ) ) B B ) B

B B ) ) ) ) )

= = )* = . )* = '( =

Fixed prosthesis as a retention and rehabilitation

for acquired and congenital defects - maxillofacial

Prosthetics

B 1 ' B 1 ' ) ' ) B B B B B B B

B B B B 1 ) ) ' ) B B B B B B B

B ' ' B ) ) + ' ) B ' ) ' ' ' )

B ' ' B '( 5 6 7 7 B 7 97 7 7 7 7

Implant supported prosthesis Implant ) toot" supported prost"esis R*+,-A./* PAR0IA/ D*102R* Provisional partial denture prosthesis Cast removable partial denture %for 3ennedy4s Applegate classification wit" modification& Removable bridge wit" precision attac"ments and telescopic crowns for anterior and posterior Immediate RPD Partial denture for medically compromised and "andicapped patients C,+P/*0* D*102R*! Neurocentric occlusion & characteri ed prosthesis Anatomic c"aracteri8ed prost"esis %by using semi ad#ustable articulator& !ingle dentures ,verlay dentures Interim complete dentures as a treatment prost"esis for abused denture supporting tissues Complete denture prost"esis %for abnormal ridge relation, ridge form and ridge si8e&

36

Complete dentures for patients wit" 0+:syndromes Complete dentures for medically compromised and "andicapped patients
!"#I$%#I& P$%I"N%'

B B B B B B

B B B B B B

' ) B ) B )

7 = B 7 B '

%ooth and tooth surface restorations( cro)ns( fixed prosthesis( removable prosthesis I+P/A10 !2PP,R0*D C,+P/*0* PR,!0;*!I! Implant supported complete prosthesis (maxillar* and +andibular)

37

?ADILLO&ACIAL 6ROST)ESIS =uiding flange and obturators Speech and palatal lift prosthesis Eye prosthesis Ear prosthesis 5ose prosthesis Aace prosthesis e"i"axillecto"y e"i"andibulecto"y Cranioplasty Ainger4 hand, foot Body prosthesis Manage"ent of burns, scars 6MH SO5D:OME M!5!2EME56 !plints 7 periodontal, teeth, jaws 6MH supporti%e and treat"ent prosthesis Stabili&ation appliances for "axilla and "andible with freedo" to "o%e fro" 'P to C:CP 'n 'P without the freedo" to "o%e to C:CP :epositioning appliances, anterior disclusion Chro"e cobalt and acrylic resin stabili&ation appliances for "odification to acco""odate for the irregularities in the dentition Occlusal ad3ust"ent and occlusal e0uilibriu" A(LL MO(6 :E !B'L'6!6'O5 :ull mouth rehabilitation 7 occlusion Aull "outh rehabilitation B restoration of esthetics and function of sto"atognathic syste" '56E:BD'SC'PL'5!:O 6:E!6ME56 MOD!L'6'ES Inter7disciplinary management 7 restoration of 9ro craniofacial defects for esthetics, phonation, mastication and psychological comforts M!5!2EME56 OA A!'LED :ES6O:!6'O5 "ooth and tooth surface restorations :e"o%able prosthesis Crowns and fixed prosthesis

B B B B B B B B B B B B ) ) B B )

B B B B B B ) B B B B B

). )+ )+ )+ )+ CB ) )+ )+ )) )+ )) B) ). )) ) ) B )

B B ) B B

B) +

).

B B

). ).

)+

) B

B )

) = B )* =

38

Maxillofacial prosthesis
'"plant supported prosthesis

B B B B B

B B B B

B B B B B

+ ) + = +

Occlusal rehabilitation and 6MH syndro"e :estoration failure of psychogenic origin :estoration failure to age changes

SC EME OA EN!M'5!6'O58 !. 6heory4 C33 Mar's Eritten exa"ination shall consist of four 0uestion papers each of three hours duration. 6otal "ar7s for each paper will be >=. Paper ', '' and ''' shall consist of two long 0uestions carrying +* "ar7s each and = short essay 0uestions carrying > "ar7s each. Paper '9 will be on Essay. 1uestions on recent ad%ances "ay be as7ed in any or all the papers. Distribution of topics for each paper will be as follows8
%istribution of topics for each paper will be as follows@ 6a/er I : 6pplied ;asic !ciences@ 6pplied 6natomy, embryology, growth and development,=enetics, Immunology, anthropology, Physiology, nutrition B ;iochemistry, Pathology B 'icrobiology, virology, 6pplied pharmacology, 8esearch 'ethodology and bio statistics,. 6pplied %ental anatomy B histology, 9ral pathology B oral 'icrobiology, 6dult and geriatric psychology. 6pplied dental materials. 6a/erII: 8emovable Prosthodontics and Implant supported prosthesis (Implantology), =eriatric dentistry and Cranio facial Prosthodontics 6a/er III4 :i&ed Prosthodontics, occlusion, "'H and esthetics. 6a/er I=: Essay

GThe topics assigned to the different papers are generally evaluated under those sections. However a strict division of the subject may not
be possible and some overlapping of topics is inevitable. Students should be prepared to answer overlapping topics.

B. 6ractical 5 Clinical E9a'ination

.// Mar's

Exa"ination shall be for three days. 'f there are "ore than @ candidates, it "ay be extended for one "ore day. Each candidate shall be exa"ined for a "ini"u" of three days, six hours per day including %i%a %oce 1. 6resentation of treate /atients an recor s urin# their three !ear trainin# /erio . : 2( ?ar4s

Occlusal rehabilitation 6.M.H.


Ma8illofacial -rosthesis

B = "ar7s B = &ar7s
) - &ar7s

+. Present actual treated patients CD. Prosthesis and 'nsertion 1. Discussion on treat&ent plan and patient re3iew 2. 6entati%e 3aw relation records 3. Aace Bow B transfer . 6ransferring it on articulators !. ,8tra oral tracing and securing centric and protrusi3e?lateral.

B -* Mar7s
))* &ar7s ) - &ar7s

B = "ar7s
) ! &ar7s ) 2! &ar7s

39

". 6ransfer in on articulator. #. Selection of teeth C. !rrange"ent of teeth G. Eaxedup denture trial 1H. >it' insertion and instruction of pre3iously processed characteri&ed, anato"ic co"plete denture prosthesis
6ll steps will include chair side' lab and 3i3a 3oce

) - &ar7s ) - &ar7s

B)= "ar7s B)* &ar7s


) ! &ar7s ( 50 ."!ks

". &i9e 6artial 7enture a. Case discussion and selection of patients for A.P.D.
b. %but&ent preparation isolation and fluid control

B = &ar7s
B += &ar7s

c. a.

2ingi%al retraction and i"pressions Sur%eying and designing of partial dentate cast. 1.. ?ar4s

B)* &ar7s
))* &ar7s ( 35 ."!ks

d. *e&entation of pro3isional restoration 48 :e%o2"ble 5"!ti"l 1ent$!e b. Discussion on co&ponents and &aterial selection including occulsal sche&e.

B)* &ar7s
)) ! &ar7s

C. =i-a =oce

i8 )i2"()oce e<"%in"tion: 80 %"!ks !ll exa"iners will conduct %i%aB%oce con3ointly on candidateCs co"prehension, analytical approach, expression, interpretation of data and co""unication s7ills. 't includes all co"ponents of course contents. 't includes presentation and discussion on dissertation also. ii8 5ed"gog' 4<e!cise: 20 %"!ks ! topic be gi%en to each candidate in the beginning of clinical exa"ination. e4she is as7ed to "a7e a presentation on the topic for /B)* "inutes.

54:+;1;N-+C>
O$8ecti-es 6he following ob3ecti%es are laid out to achie%e the goals of the course

Dnowledge E %iscuss historical perspective to advancement in the subject proper and related topics
40

%escribe etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis and management of common periodontal diseases with emphasis on Indian population
E

A :amiliari#e with the biochemical, microbiologic and immunologic genetic aspects of periodontal pathology A %escribe various preventive periodontal measures A %escribe various treatment modalities of periodontal disease from historical aspect to currently available ones A %escribe interrelationship between periodontal disease and various systemic conditions A %escribe periodontal ha#ards due to estrogenic causes and deleterious habits and prevention of it A Identify rarities in periodontal disease and environmental/ Emotional determinates in a given case A 8ecogni#e conditions that may be outside the area of his !peciality/competence and refer them to an appropriate !pecialist
D Decide regarding nonBsurgical or surgical "anage"ent of the case D (pdate hi" by attending course, conferences and se"inars rele%ant to periodontics or by selfBlearning process. D Plan out4 carry out research acti%ity both basic and clinical aspects with the ai" of publishing his wor7 in scientific 3ournals D :each to the public to "oti%ate and educate regarding periodontal disease, its pre%ention and conse0uences if not treated D Plan out epide"iological sur%ey to assess pre%alence and incidence of early onset periodontitis and adult periodontitis in 'ndian population #:egion wise$ D

8 *hall develop teaching s'ill in the field of Periodontology and Oral "mplantology
SBILL D0a$e a proper clinical history, thorough exa"ination *)
int!" o!"ll'* e<t!" o!"ll'* %edic"l 6isto!' e2"l$"tion* "d2ice essenti"l di"gnostic 3!oced$!es "nd inte!3!et t6e% to co%e to " !e"son"ble di"gnosis

Shall de%elop 7nowledge, s7ill in the science and practice of Oral '"plantology

D4ffecti2e %oti2"tion "nd ed$c"tion !eg"!ding 3e!iodont"l dise"se %"inten"nce "fte! t6e t!e"t%ent D5e!fo!% bot6 non(s$!gic"l 0 ed$c"tion !eg"!ding 3e!iodont"l dise"se* %"inten"nce "fte! t6e t!e"t%ent

41

D5e!fo!% bot6 non(s$!gic"l "nd s$!gic"l 3!oced$!es inde3endentl' D5!o2ide ?"sic 7ife >$33o!t >e!2ice (?7>) !ecogni@es t6e need fo! "nd "d2"nce life s$33o!t "nd does t6e i%%edi"te
need fo! t6"t8

)u'an -alues1 ethical /ractice to co''unication a$ilities D &do3t et6ic"l 3!inci3les in "ll "s3ects of t!e"t%ent %od"lities* 5!ofession"l 6onest' 0 integ!it' "!e to

be foste!ed 1e2elo3* &do3t et6ic"l 3!inci3les in "ll "s3ects of t!e"t%ent %od"litiesA 5!ofession"l 6onest' 0 integ!it' "!e to be foste!ed8 1e2elo3 Co%%$nic"tion skills to %"ke "w"!eness !eg"!ding 3e!iodont"l dise"se &33l' 6ig6 %o!"l "nd et6ic"l st"nd"!ds w6ile c"!!'ing o$t 6$%"n o! "ni%"l !ese"!c6* ?e 6$%ble* "cce3t t6e li%it"tions in 6is knowledge "nd skill* "nd "sk fo! 6el3 f!o% colle"g$es w6en needed* :es3ect 3"tients !ig6ts "nd 3!i2ileges* incl$ding 3"tients !ig6t to info!%"tion "nd !ig6t to seek " second o3inion8

Course Contents Paper ' !pplied 6natomy@ 1. De%elop"ent of the Periodontiu" 2. Micro and Macro structural anato"y and biology of the periodontal tissues 3. !ge changes in the periodontal tissues 1. !nato"y of the Periodontiu" DMacroscopic and "icroscopic anato"y DBlood supply of the Periodontiu" DLy"phatic syste" of the Periodontiu"

80erves of the Periodontium

!. 6e"poro"andibular 3oint, Maxillae and Mandible ". Cranial ner%es #=,>,-,)),)+$ #. 6ongue, oropharynx C. Muscles of "astication 6h!siolo#! ). <lood 2. Respiratory system 1 )c'nowledge of 3. Cardio%ascular syste"

the respiratory diseases which are a cause of periodontal diseases ,periodontal Medicine/ <lood pressure 0ormal ,*; j. !hock .. &ndocrinology 1 hormonal influences on Periodontium
=. ;astrointestinal syste&
a. Sali3ary secretion ) co&position' function ( regulation b. .eproducti3e physiology i. 1or&ones ) %ctions and regulations' role in periodontal disease

h. i.

ii. Aa"ily planning "ethods @. 2er3ous syste&

a. -ain pathways b. Taste ) Taste buds' pri&ary taste sensation ( pathways for sensation ?ioc6e%ist!'

1. 2. 3. .

Basics of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, %ita"ins, proteins, en&y"es and "inen Diet and nutrition and periodontiu" Bioche"ical tests and their significance Calciu" and phosphorus

42

6atholo#! 1. Cell structure and "etabolis" 2. 'nfla""ation and repair, necrosis and degeneration 3. '""unity and hypersensiti%ity . Circulatory disturbances B ede"a, he"orrhage, shoc7, thro"bosis, e"bolis", infarction and hypertension !. Disturbances of nutrition ". Diabetes "ellitus #. Cellular growth and differentiation, regulation C. Lab in%estigations G. Blood ?icro$iolo#!: ). ;eneral bacteriology
a. b. 2.

c. Sterili&ation and disinfection


I&&unology and Infection

Identification of bacteria *ulture &edia and &ethods

3. Syste"ic bacteriology with special e"phasis on oral "icrobiology B staphylococci, genus actino"yces and other fila"entous bacteria and actinobacillus actino"ycetu"co"itans . 9irology
a. ;eneral properties of 3iruses

b. Candidasis ". #. !pplied microbiology

%iagnostic microbiology and immunology, hospital infections and management


6har'acolo#!: ). =eneral pharmacology

a. Definitions 1 Pharmco'inetics with clinical applications routes of administration including local drug delivery in Periodontics b. )dverse drug reactions and drug interactions +. %etailed pharmacology of a. )nalgesics 1 opiod and nonopoid b. .ocal anesthetics c. +aematinics and coagulants )nticoagulants d. -it 1 and !alcium preparations e. )ntidiabetics drugs f. !teroids g. )ntibiotics h. )ntihypertensive )ntiepileptic drugs C. <rief pharmacology dental use and adverse effects of a. =eneral anesthetics
43

i. 3.

'""unosuppressi%e drugs and their effects on oral tissues

b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. (.

7. .. Drugs used in Bronchial asth"a cough

)ntypsychotics )ntidepressants )n$iolytic drugs *edatives )ntiepileptics )ntihypertensives )ntianginal drugs Diuretics +ormones Pre7anesthetic medications

E. Drug therapy of
a.
b.

Emergencies
SeiAures %naphyla8is <leeding Shoc7 1i"betic keto"cidosis &c$te "ddisoni"n c!isis

c.
d.

e. f.
g8

@.

Dental -har&acology a. b. c. d. e. %ntiseptics %stringents Sialogogues Disclosing agents %ntipla0ue agents

>.

>luoride phar&acology

Biostatistics: D 'ntroduction, definition and branches of biostatistics D Collection of data, sa"pling, types, bias and errors D Co"piling dataBgraphs and charts D Measures of central tendency #"ean, "edian and "ode$, standard de%iation %ariability D 6ests of significance #chi s0uare testCtCtest and PBtest$ D 5ull hypothesis 6a/er II Etio/atho#enesis 1. Classification of periodontal diseases and conditions 2. Epide"iology of gingi%al and periodontal diseases 3. Defense "echanis"s of gingi%a . Periodontal "icrobiology !. Basic concepts of infla""ation and i""unity

44

". Microbial interactions with the host in periodontal diseases #. Pathogenesis of pla0ue associated periodontal diseases C. Dental calculus G. :ole of iatrogenic and other local factors 1H. 2enetic factors associated with periodontal diseases 11. 'nfluence of syste"ic diseases and disorders of the periodontiu" )+8 :ole of en%iron"ental factors in the etiology of periodontal disease )I.Stress and periodontal diseases )..+cclusion and periodontal diseases )=.S&o7ing and tobacco in the etiology of periodontal diseases )@.%IDS and periodontiu& )>.-eriodontal &edicine )/.Dentinal hypersensiti3ity 6a/er III Clinical an Thera/eutic 5e!iodontolog' "nd ;!"l +%3l"ntolog' 6lease note: Clinical periodontology includes gingi%al diseases, periodontal diseases, periodontal instru"entation, diagnosis, prognosis and treat"ent of periodontal diseases. I. GINGIVAL DIS AS S 1. =ingival inflammation 2. Clinical features of gingivitis 3. =ingival enlargement . 6cute gingival infections !. %es+uamative gingivitis and oral mucous membrane diseases ". =ingival diseases in the childhood II. 54:+;1;N-&7 1+>4&>4> 1. Periodontal poc7et 2. Bone loss and patterns of bone destruction 3. Periodontal response to external forces . Masticatory syste" disorders !. Chronic periodontitis ". !ggressi%e periodontitis #. 5ecrotising ulcerati%e periodontitis C. 'nterdisciplinary approaches ) Orthodontic ) Endodontic G. Periodontic considerations III. 6:E!6ME56 +> -,.I+D+2T%/ DIS,%S,S 6. )istor!1 e9a'ination1 ia#nosis1 /ro#nosis an treat'ent /lannin# 1. Clinical diagnosis 2. :adiographic and other aids in the diagnosis of periodontal diseases

45

3. . !. ".

!d%anced diagnostic techni0ues :is7 assess"ent Deter"ination of prognosis 6reat"ent plan

#. :ationale for periodontal treat"ent C. 2eneral principles of antiBinfecti%e therapy with special e"phasis on infection control in periodontal practice G. alitosis and its treat"ent 1H. Bruxis" and its treat"ent B.6erio ontal instru'entation 1. 'nstru"entation 2. Principles of periodontal instru"entation 3. 'nstru"ents used in different parts of the "outh C. 6erio ontal thera/! 1. Preparation of tooth surface 2. Pla0ue control 3. !nti "icrobial and other drugs used in periodontal therapy and wasting diseases of teeth . Periodontal "anage"ent of '9 infected patients !. Occlusal e%aluation and therapy in the "anage"ent of periodontal diseases ". :ole of orthodontics as an ad3unct to periodontal therapy #. Special e"phasis on precautions and treat"ent for "edically co"pro"ised patients C. Periodontal splints G. Manage"ent of dentinal hypersensiti%ity 7. 6erio ontal sur#ical /hase : s/ecial e'/hasis on ru# /rescri/tion 1. 2eneral principles of periodontal surgery 2. Surgical anato"y of periodontiu" and related structures 3. 2ingi%al curettage . 2ingi%ecto"y techni0ue !. 6reat"ent of gingi%al enlarge"ents ". Periodontal flap #. Osseous surgery #resecti%e and regenerati%eM C. AurcationM Proble" and its "anage"ent G. 6he periodontic B endodontic continuu" 1H. Periodontic plastic and esthetic surgery 11. :ecent ad%ances in surgical techni0ues E.&uture di!ections "nd cont!o2e!si"l B$estions in 3e!iodont"l t6e!"3' 1. Auture directions for infection control 2. :esearch directions in regenerati%e therapy

46

3. Auture directions in antiBinfla""atory therapy . Auture directions in "easure"ent of periodontal diseases E. Periodontal "aintenance phase 1. Supporti%e periodontal treat"ent 2. :esults of periodontal treat"ent I . 1. 2. 3. . !. ". #. C.
ORAL IMPLANTOLOGY

'ntroduction and historical re%iew Biological, clinical and surgical aspects of dental i"plants Diagnosis and treat"ent planning '"plant surgery Prosthetic aspects of dental i"plants Diagnosis and treat"ent of Peri i"plant co"plications Special e"phasis on pla0ue control "easures i"plant patients Maintenance phase

9. M!5!2EME56 OA MED'C!L EME:2E5C'ES '5 PE:'ODO56!L P:!C6'CE 6eaching 4 learning !cti%ities D Se"inars8 B ! "ini"u" of )= se"inars to be presented by each student during the P.2. course #!t least : 2eminars per year.
'ournal clubs; - a minimum of <: 'ournal articles to be re*ie+ed by each student during the -.;. course

D 'nterdepart"ental Se"inars8 B Each P.2. student should present at least t se"inar in an 'nterdepart"ental "eeting during the P.; course. Such &eetings &aybe held at least once e3ery &onth
4 /ibrary %ssign&ent: ) one to be presented at the end of 1C &onths of the course.

Aca e'ic Acti-ities: I


Year

Sub"ission of synopsis for Dissertation B within * 'onths fro" the start

of the course Cibrary 6ssignment + 1 to be submitted at the end of the " year
II Year Library !ssign"ent '' B to be sub"itted at the end of the II year Scientific Paper presentation at the conferences ill Iear III Ce"! Scientific Paper4 Poster presentation at conferences Sub"ission of Dissertation B 6 months before completion S4ills &irst !ear 6re : Clinical 0or4 7ental ). Practice

of

of incisions and suturing techni+ues on the typhodont &odels


47

+. :abrication of bite guards and splints 3. 9cclusal adjustments on the casts mounted . NB :ay techni0ues and interpretation !. Local anesthetic techni0ues ?e ical

on the articulator

1. Basic diagnostic "icrobiology and i""unology, collection and handling sa"ple, culture techni0ues. 2. <asic understanding of immunological diseases 3. 'nterpretation of %arious bioche"ical in%estigations . Practical training and handling "edical e"ergencies and basic life support de%ices !. Basic Biostatistics B Sur%eying and data analysis *linical wor7 1. !pplied periodontal indices 2. Scaling and root planning 6S.-$
1H *%S,S 1! *%S,S 1! *%S,S =, *%S,S 2H *%S,S

$and b. 7ltrasonic
a.

3. Curettage . 2ingi%ecto"y !. 2in0i%oplasty Clinical For7

23 !)*&*
)* C!SES = C!SES

2. Case history and treat&ent planning 3. Local Drug Deli%ery techni0ues . Periodontal surgical procedures BPoc7et therapy BMucoBgingi%al surgeries )Implants #+ i"plants$
->anagement of perio endo problems

!. Occlusal ad3ust"ents ". Perio splints 6hird Oear Clinical wo!k ). .egenerati3e techni0ues B (sing %arious graft and barrier "e"branes +. .ecord' &aintenance and follow up
Assess'ent
e<"%in"tions: "n be addition conducted to assessment e%amination student monitored should

1H *%S,S

=, /A2$2

of the once

all

treated cases including i&plants regular e*aluation, log boo? etc., si% months @ progress of the

e*ery

Note: The nu&ber of cases &entioned are &ini&u& nu&ber to be perfor&ed by each candidate.
Sub&ission of Synopsis for Dissertation should be done within " &onths of the co&&ence&ent of the course. Sub&ission of two copies of /ibrary %ssign&ents at the end of 1 and 2nd year Sub&ission of pre)clinical wor7 as scheduled. Sub&ission of Dissertation ) " &onths before co&pletion of III year. Maintenance of For7 Diary?/og boo7 as prescribed by .;D1S.

48

?onitorin# 7e"!ning 5!og!ess 't is essential to "onitor the learning progress to each candidate through continuous appraisal and regular assess"ent. 't not only helps teachers to e%aluate students, but also students to e%aluate the"sel%es. 6he "onitoring to be done by the staff of the depart"ent based on participation of students in %arious teaching 4 learning acti%itiesQ 't "ay be structured and assess"ent be done using chec7lists that assess %arious aspects. Chec7lists are gi%en in Section IB SC)E?E O& EDA?INATION Theor! : ".. ?ar4s Eritten exa"ination shall consist of four 0uestion papers each of three hours duration. 6otal "ar7s for each paper will be ,-. Paper I, II and III shall consist of two long +uestions carrying ./ marks each and - short essay
+uestions carrying , marks each. -aper IB will be on ,ssay. Juestions on recent ad3ances &ay be as7ed in any or all

the papers. Distribution of topics for each paper will be as follows: :

6a/er I:

Applied &asic 2ciences; Applied Anatomy, Physiology, 9s &iochemistry, Pathology, >icrobiology, esearch >ethodology and &iostatistics. 2hould $pidemiology come under Paper ""A 6a/er II: 2or&al -eriodontal structure' ,tiology Cs -athogenesis of -eriodontal diseases' epide&iology as related to -eriodontics Pharmacology,

6a/er III: -eriodontal diagnosis' therapy Cs +ral i&plantology 6a/er I=: ,ssay 6with e&phasis on recent ad3ances in periodontics$ G6he topics assigned to the different papers are generally e%aluated under those sections. owe%er B strict division of the sub(ect may not be possible and some overlapping of topics is inevitable. *tudents
should be prepared to answer overlapping topics.

B. 6ractical 5 Clinical E9a'ination : 2.. ?ar4s 6he clinical exa"ination shall be of two days duration 1st a! Case discussion I Long caseB One I Short case B One Periodontal surgery B Periodontal flap surgery on a pre%iously prepared case in one 0uadrant of the "outh after getting appro%al fro" the exa"iners PostBsurgical re%iew and discussion of the case treated on the )st day -resentation of dissertation ( discussion
%ll the e8a&iners shall participate in all the aspects of clinical e8a&inations ? Bi3a Boce Distribution of Mar7s for *linical e8a&ination 6reco&&ended$ 2nd d"'

a$ Long Case discussion


b$ 2 short cases c$ -eriodontal surgery d$ -ost K operati3e re3iew Total

=*
!H #! 2! 2HH

C. =i-a =oce: 100 ."!ks i. -iva1 -oce e$amination4 63 mar's !ll exa"iners will conduct %i%aB%oce con3ointly on candidateCs co"prehension, analytical approach, expression, interpretation of data and co""unication s7ills. 't includes all co"ponents of course contents. 't includes presentation and discussion on dissertation also. ii. Pedagogy4 23 mar's ! topic is gi%en to each candidate in the beginning of clinical exa"ination. e4she is as7ed to "a7e a presentation on the topic for /B)* "inutes

49

6opic

be given to each candidate in the beginning of clinical e&amination. $e/she is asked make a presentation on the topic for /B)* minutes.

ORAL AN7 ?ADILLO&ACIAL SURGER>


O$8ecti-es: 6he training progra" in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery is structured to achie%e the following
f

our ob(ectives1

D <nowledge D S7ills D!ttitude D Co""unicati%e s7ills and ability


50

Bno0le #e: D 6o ha%e ac0uired ade0uate 7nowledge and understanding of the etiology, patho physiology and diagnosis, treat"ent planning of %arious co""on oral and Maxillofacial surgical proble"s both "inor and "a3or in nature. D 6o ha%e understood the general surgical principles li7e pre and post surgical "anage"ent, particularly e%aluation, post surgical care, fluid and electrolyte "anage"ent, blood transfusion and post surgical pain "anage"ent. D (nderstanding of basic sciences rele%ant to practice or oral and "axillofacial surgery. D !ble to identify social, cultural, econo"ic, genetic and en%iron"ental factors and their rele%ance to disease process "anage"ent in the oral and Maxillofacial region.

8 &ssential 'nowledge of personal hygiene and infection cont!ol* prevention c cross infection and safe disposal of hospital waste 'eeping in view the high prevalence of hepatitis and '9.
S4ill

D 6o obtain proper clinical history, "ethodical exa"ination of the patient, perfor" essential diagnostic procedures and order rele%ant laboratory tests and interpn the" and to arri%e at a reasonable diagnosis about the surgical condition. D 6o perfor" with co"petence "inor oral surgical procedures and co""on "axillofacial surgery. 6o treat both surgically and "edically #or by other "eans of the oral and

Ma$illofacial and the related area/. 8 !apable of providing care for ma$illofacial surgery patients.
Attitu e: D Develop

attitude to adopt ethical principles in all aspect of surgical practice professional honesty and integrity are to be fostered. *urgical care is to be delivered irrespective of the social status caste creed or religion of the patient. 8 Billing to share the 'nowledge and clinical e$perience with professional colleagues. 8 Biling to adopt new and techni;ues of surgical management developed from time to time based on scientific research which are in the best interest of the patient 8 Respect patient right and privileges including patients right to information and right to see' a second opinion. 8 Develop attitude to see' opinion from an allied medical and dental specialists as and when re;uired.
Co''unication s4ills: D De%elop ade0uate co""unication s7ills particularly with the patients gi%ing the" the %arious options a%ailable to "anage a particular surgical proble" and obtain a true infor"ed consent fro" the" for the "ost appropriate treat"ent a%ailable at that point of ti"e D De%elop the ability to co""unicate with professional colleagues. D De%elop ability to teach undergraduates. Course content: 6he progra" outlines addresses both the 7nowledge needed in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and allied "edical specialties in its scope. ! "ini"u" of three years of for"al training through a graded syste" of education as specified will e0uip the trainee with s7ill and 7nowledge at its co"pletion to be able to practice basic oral and Maxillofacial surgeon co"petently and ha%e the ability to intelligently pursue further apprenticeship towards ad%ance Maxillofacial surgery.
51

The topics are considered as under41 D Basic sciences D Oral and Maxillofacial surgery D !llied specialties A//lie <asic *ciences4 ! thorough knowledge both on theory

and principles in general and in particular the basic medical subjects as relevant to the practice of ma&illofacial surgery. It is desirable to have ade+uate knowledge in bio7statistics, Epidemiology, research methodology, nutrition and computers.
E Anato'! De%elop"ent of face, paranasal sinuses and associated structures and their ano"alies8 surgical anato"y of scalp te"ple and face, anato"y and its applied aspects of triangles of nec7, deep structures of nec7, cranial facial bones and its surrounding soft tissues, cranial ner%es tongue, ste"poral and infrate"poral region, orbits and its contents, "uscles of face and nec7, paranasal sinuses, eyelids and nasal septu" teeth gu"s and palate, sali%ary glands, pharynx, thyroid and parathyroid glands, larynx, trachea and esophagus, congenital abnor"ality of orofacial regions, 2eneral consideration of the structure and E 6h!siolo#! 5er%ous syste"Bphysiology of ner%e conduction, pain pathway, sy"pathetic and parasy"pathetic ner%ous syste", hypothala"us and "echanis" of controlling body te"peratureM BloodBits co"position he"ostasis, blood dyscrasias and its "anage"ent, he"orrhage and its control, blood grouping, cross "atching, blood co"ponent therapy, co"plications of blood transfusion, blood substitutes, auto transfusion, cell sa%ersM digesti%e syste" co"position and functions of sali%a "astication deglutition, digestion, assi"ilation, urine for"ation, nor"al and abnor"al constituentsM :espiration control of %entilation anoxia, asphyxia, artificial respiration, hypoxia B types and "anage"entM C9S B cardiac cycle, shoc7, heart sounds, blood pressure, hypertensionM EndocrinologyB"etabolis" of calciu"M endocrinal acti%ity and disorder relating to thyroid gland parathyroid gland

adrenal gland pituitary gland pancreas and gonads% 0utrition1 general principles balanced diet. &ffect of dietary deficiency protein energy malnutrition Dwashior'or Marasmus 0utritional assessment metabolic responses to stress need for nutritional support entrails nutrition roots of access to + tract Parenteral nutrition )ccess to central veins 0utritional support% 5luid and &lectrolytic balance#)cid <ase metabolism1 the body fluid compartment metabolism of water and electrolytes factors maintaining hemostasis causes for treatment of acidosis and al'alosis. E<iochemistry

2eneral principles go%erning the %arious biological principles of the body, such as os"otic pressure, electrolytes, dissociation, oxidation, reduction etcM general co"position of body,

intermediary metabolism, carbohydrate, proteins, lipids, en#ymes, vitamins, minerals and antimetabolites.

E General 6atholo#! 'nfla""ation B !cute and chronic infla""ation, repair and regeneration, necrosis and gangrene, role of co"ponent syste" in acute infla""ation, role of arachictonic acid and its "etabolites in acute infla""ation, growth factors in acute infla""ation role of N>&+1> in

inflammation cellular changes in radiation in(ury and its manifestation% wound management 1 Bound healing factors influencing healing% properties if suture materials appropriate uses of sutures% hemostasis 1 role of endothelium in

52

thrombogenesis% arterial and venous thrombi disseminated intravascular coagulation% +ypersensitivity% >6ock and pulmonary failure4 types of shoc' diagnosis resuscitation pharmacological support )RD* and its causes and prevention ventilation and support 0eoplasm ' R of tumors, Carcinogens and Carcinogenesis, grading and staging of tumors, 2"!io$s laboratory investigation.
DGeneral 'icro$iolo#! '""unity, epatitis < and its prophyla8is' 5nowledge of organis&s' co&&only associated with diseases of oral ca3ity'
culture and sensiti3ity tests' 3arious staining techni0ues)S&ears and cultures' urine analysis and culture.

8 Oral 3"t6olog' "nd %ic!obiolog';


De%elop"ental disturbances of oral and para oral structures, regressi%e changes of teeth, bacterial, %iral, "ycotic infection of oral ca%ity, dental caries, diseases of pulp and Periapical tissues, physical and che"ical in3uries of oral ca%ity, wide range of pathological lesions of hard and soft tissues of the orofacial regions li7e the cysts odontogenic infection, benign, "alignant neoplas"s, sali%ary gland diseases, "axillary sinus diseases, %$cos"l dise"ses* o!"l
"s3ects of 2"!io$s s'ste%ic dise"ses* !ole of l"bo!"to!' in2estig"tion in o!"l s$!ge!'8

E56"!%"colog' "nd t6e!"3e$tics: Definition of ter"inology used, phar"aco7inetics and phar"adyna"ic dosage and "ode of ad"inistration of drugs, action and fate in the body, drug addiction, tolerance and hypersensiti%e reactions, drugs acting on C5S, general and local anesthetics, antibiotics and analgesics, antiseptics, antitubercular, sialagogues, he"atinics, anti diabetic, 9ita"ins !, BB co"plex, C.D.E.< D!omputer science (se of co"puters in surgery, co"ponents of co"puter and its use in practiceBprinciples of word processing, spreadsheet function database and presentationsM the internet and its use. 6he %alue of co"puter based syste"s in bio"edical e0uip"ent. ORAL &N1 M)F"..O5)!"). >D: 4:C: D E%olution of Maxillofacial surgery. D Diagnosis, history ta7ing, clinical exa"ination, in%estigations. D 'nfor"ed consent4"edicoBlegal issues. D Concept of essential drugs and rational use of drugs. D Co""unication s7ills with patientsB understanding clarity in co""unication, co"passionate explanations and gi%ing e"otional support at the ti"e of suffering and berea%e"ent D Principles of surgical audit ( $nde!st"nding t6e "$dit of 3!ocess "nd o$tco%e8 .et6ods "do3ted fo! t6e
s"%e ?"sic st"tistics8 E 5!inci3les of e2idence b"ses s$!ge!'( $nde!st"nding =o$!n"l b"sed lite!"t$!e st$d'A t6e 2"l$e of te<tbook* !efe!ence book "!ticles* 2"l$e of !e2iew "!ticlesA o!igin"l "!ticles "nd t6ei! c!itic"l "ssess%ent* $nde!st"nding t6e 2"l$e of !et!os3ecti2e* 3!os3ecti2e* !"ndo%i@ed cont!ol "nd blinded st$dies* $nde!st"nding t6e 3!in'3les "nd t6e %e"ning of 2"!io$s ?io(st"tistic"l tests "33lied in t6ese st$dies8 E 5!inci3les of s$!ge!'( de2elo3ing " s$!gic"l di"gnosis* b"sic necessities fo! s$!ge!'* "se3tic tec6niB$es* incisions* fl"3 designs* tiss$e 6"ndling* 6o%eost"sis* de"d s3"ce %"n"ge%ent* decont"%in"tion "nd deb!ide%ent* s$t$!ing* ede%" cont!ol* 3"tient

general health and nutrition. D Medical e"ergencies B Pre%ention and "anage"ent of altered consciousness,
disco&fort' respiratory difficulty. 4 -re operati3e wor7up ) *oncept of fitness for surgeryL basic &edical wor7 upL wor7 up in special situation li7e diabetes renal failure' cardiac and respiratory illnessL ris7 stratification sensiti3ity reaction' chest

53

D Surgical sutures, drains D Post operati%e careB concept of reco%ery roo" care, !irway "anage"ent, !ssess"ent of Ea7efulness, "anage"ent of cardio %ascular instability in this period, Criteria for shifting to the ward, pain "anage"ent D Eound "anage"entB Eound healing, factors influencing healing, basic surgical techni0ues, Properties of suture "aterials, appropriate use of sutures. D Surgical 'nfections B !sepsis and antisepsis, Microbiological principles, :ational use of antibiotics, special infections li7e Synergistic 2angrene and Diabetic foot infection, epatitis and '9 infection and cross infection. D !irway obstruction4"anage"ent B !nato"y of the airway, principles of 7eeping the airway patent, "outh to "outh resuscitation, Oropharyngeal airway, endotracheal intubation, Cricothyroidecto"y, 6racheosto"y. D !nesthesia B stages of !nesthesia, phar"acology of inhalation, intra%enous and regional anesthetics, "uscle relaxants. D Aacial painM Aacial palsy and ner%e in3uries. D Pain control B acute and chronic pain, cancer and nonBcancer pain, patient controlled analgesia D 2eneral patient "anage"ent B co"petence in physical assess"ent of patients of surgery, co"petence in e%aluation of patients presenting with acute in3ury, particularly to "axillofacial region. Co"petence in the e%aluation of "anage"ent of patients for anesthesia D Clinical oral surgery B all aspects of dento al%eolar surgery D PreBprosthetic surgery B ! wide range of surgical reconstructi%e procedures in% their hard and soft tissues of the edentulous 3aws. D 6e"poro"andibular 3oint disorders B 6MH disorders and their se0uelae need eS e%aluation, assess"ent and "anage"ent. 't is preferable to be fa"iliar with diagr and therapeutic arthroscopic surgery procedures. D 6issue grafting B (nderstanding of the biological "echanis"s in%ol%ed in auto and heterogeneous tissue grafting. D :econstructi%e oral and "axillofacial surgery B hard tissue and so reconstruction.
4 %nesthesia ) Stages of anesthesia' phar&acology of inhalation' intra3enous and

regional anesthesia, "uscle relaxants. D Cyst and tu"ors of head and nec7 region and their "anage"ent B including principles of tu"or surgery, giant cell lesion of 3aw bones, fibro osseous lesion of 3aw lesions. D 5eurological disorders of ma&illofacial region7diagnosis and management

of "rigeminal >euralgia, M-DS' ;ells palsy, :reyJs !yndrome, >erve injuries

D Maxillofacial trau"a B basic principles of treat"ent, pri"ary care, diagnosis and "anage"ent of hard and soft tissue in3uries, Co"prehensi%e, "anage"ent including polytrau"a patients D !ssess"ent of trau"aB"ultiple in3uries patients4closed abdo"inal and chest in3uries4penetrating in3uries, pel%ic fractures, urological in3uries, %ascular in3uries. D Orthognathic surgery B 6he trainee "ust be fa"iliar with the assess"ent and correcting of 3aw defor"ities D Laser surgery B 6he application of laser technology in the surgical treat"ent of lesions a"enable to such therapy D Distraction osteogenesis in "axillofacial region. D Cryosurgeries B Principles, the application of cryosurgery in the surgical "anage"ent of lesions a"enable to such surgeries. D Cleft lip and palate surgeryB detailed 7nowledge of the de%elop"ent of the face, head and nec7, diagnosis and treat"ent planning, Current concepts in the "anage"ent of cleft lip and
54

palate defor"ity, 7nowledge of nasal endoscopy and other diagnostic techni0ues 'n the e%aluation of speech and hearing, concept of "ulti disciplinary tea" "anage"ent. D !esthetic facial surgery B detailed 7nowledge of structures of facial nec7 including s7in and underlying soft tissues, diagnosis and treat"ent planning of defor"ities and conditions affecting facial 7in, underlying facial "uscles, bone, eyelids, external ear etc. surgical "anage"ent of post acne scaring, face lift, blepharoplasty, otoplasty, facial bone recountouring etc. D Craniofacial surgery B basic 7nowledge of de%elop"ental ano"alies of face, head and nec7, basics concept in the diagnosis and planning of %arious head and nec7 ano"alies including facial cleft, craniosynostosis, syndro"es, etc., Current concepts in the "anage"ent of craniofacial ano"alies D ead and nec7 oncology B understanding of the principles of "anage"ent of head and nec7 oncology including %arious pre cancerous lesions, Experience in the surgical techni0ues of reconstruction following ablati%e surgery. D Micro %ascular surgery. D '"plantology B principles, surgical procedures for insertion of %arious types of i"plants. D Maxillofacial radiology4radio diagnosis D Other diagnostic "ethods and i"aging techni0ues Allie s/ecialties: E 2eneral

medicine4 =eneral assessment of the patient including children with special iphasis on cardiovascular diseases endocrinal and metabolic respiratory and renal eases <lood dyscrasias 8 =eneral surgery4 Principles of general surgery e$posure to common general surgical
procedures. D 5euro B surgery8 E%aluation of a patient with head in3ury, exa"ination of %arious 5euroBsurgical procedures D E564Ophthal"ology8 Exa"ination of ear, nose throat, exposure to E56 surgical procedures, ophthal"ic exa"ination and e%aluation, exposure to ophthal"ic surgical procedures. D Orthopedic8 basic principles of orthopedic surgery, bone diseases and trau"a as rele%ant to Maxillofacial surgery, interpretation of radiographs, C6, M:' and ultrasoi

A 6nesthesia@ Evaluation of patients for =6 techni+ues and management of emergencies, various I sedation techni+ues
Aca e'ic Clinical /ro#ra''e ("33lic"ble fo! "ll t6!ee 'e"!s): D Se"inars to be presented attended once in a wee7. D Hournal clubs #depart"ental and interdepart"ental$ to be conducted once in fifteen days. D Depart"ental and interdepart"ental discussions to be held once in a "onth. D Mini"u" + scientific papers should be presented.

A Every candidate shall maintain a logbook to record his/hers wo7 or participate all activities such as journal clubs, seminars, C%E
55

programs etc. this wo3eM scrutini#ed and certified by the head of the departmental and head of the institute and presented to the university every year >ear $! !ear /ro#ra''e: I Aear 5irst term4
Dissection, basic sciences, basic co"puter sciences, exodontias, se"inars on basic selection of dissertation topic, library assign"ent topic, attending O.6 and ward preparation of synopses and its sub"ission within the six "onths after ad"ission to the uni%ersity as per calendar of e%ents. Secon ter' ;rotation an /ostin#s in other e/art'ent<: Oncology B + "onths E'er#enc! : ) "onth 2eneral "edicineB B )= days 2eneral surgery4anesthesia B )= days Ophthal"ology B)= days 5eurology B)= days

&0T

12E days

Exa"i"tion of b"sic sciences(one 3"3e! of t6e t6!ee 6o$! d$!"tion to be co%d$cted b' t6e college8 II >ear Minor oral surgery and higher surgical training Sub"ission of library assign"ent by the end of first ter" Exa"ination on %ino! o!"l s$!gic"l 3!oced$!es ( one 3"3e! of t6!ee 6o$!s d$!"tion to be
cond$cted b' t6e college8

III >e"! Maxillofacial surgery, sub"ission of dissertation in the first ter", i.e. six "onths before the final exa"ination to the uni%ersity.

56

,8a&ination of three hours duration three &onths before the final e8a&ination to be conducted by the college. It is desirable to enter general surgical s7ills and operati3e procedure that are obser3ed' assisted or perfor&ed in the log boo7 in the for&at as gi3en by .;D1S in the re3ised ordinance go3erning MDS degree course. 1, S4in #rafts 6A III "1( Ainal exa"ination at the end of the third year. 12 Ortho#nathic sur#er! 6A1A II1 III " SLProcedureCategoryOear5u"ber5o)'n3ection '.M. and '.9.P'',''=*,+*+Minor P6 I + + suturing and $arvesting bone B cartilage ./ re"o%al of suturesPi'5,!I'ncision & drainage of an abscessP'')*.Surgical 6 grafts extractionP'')=='"pacted ''+*,)*@Pre prosthetic surgeryBP'a$ correcti%e a) Iliac crest teethP', P!', 6 6,/ proceduresP'')=b$ ridge extensionP!',''Ic$ ridge reconstruction!'','''I>O!A closureP', P!', b) 8ib c) Calvarial ''I,+/Cyst enuleationPl.P!', =,=-Mandibular fracturesP',P!','')*,)*)*PeriBapical d) :ibula surgeryP',P!'=))'nfection "anage"entP',P!', ''5,!)+Biopsy proceduresP'', +) 5,!)I:e"o%al 6.M. Hoint surgery ! '', ', of sali%ary calculiP!', P!, I,=).Benign tu"orsP!, !'',) '''I,I)="id face fracturesP!, !'', '''I,=)@'"plantsP!.!'', '''=,=)>6racheoto"yP!.!'', '''+,+ ++ +I +. += Haw resections Onco surgery Micro %ascular anasto"osis Cleft lip & palate P!, ! !,* !,* P!,! ''', '' ''', ''' ''' '', ''' I,I I,I =,)* )*,)=

+@ +> +/

Distraction osteogenesis :hinoplasty

!,* !,*

'', ''' ''' '''

+,I I,= ),I

!ccess osteoto"ies and base of s7ull !,* surgeries

ORAL AN7 ?ADILLO&ACIAL SURGER> Paper '8 !pplied Basic Sciences8 !pplied !nato"y, Physiology, Bioche"istry, 2eneral and Oral Pathology and Microbiology and Phar"acology !pplied !nato"y 1. Surgical anato"y of the scalp, te"ple and face 2. !nato"y of the triangles of nec7 and deep structures of the nec7 3. Cranial and facial bones and its surrounding soft tissues with its applied aspects in "axillofacial in3uries. . Muscles of head and nec7 !. !rterial supply, %enous drainage and ly"phatics of head and nec7 ". Congenital abnor"alities of the head and nec7 #. Surgical anato"y of the cranial ner%es

57

C. !nato"y of the tongue and its applied aspects G. Surgical anato"y of the te"poral and infrate"poral regions 1H. !nato"y and its applied aspects of sali%ary glands, pharynx, thyroid and parathyroid gland, larynx, trachea esophagus 11. 6ooth eruption, "orphology, and occlusion. 12. Surgical anato"y of the nose. 13. 6he structure and function of the brain including surgical anato&y of intra cranial venous sinuses. 1 . !utono"ous ner%ous syste" of head and nec7 1!. Aunctional anato"y of "astication, deglutition, speech, respiration and circulation 1". De%elop"ent of face, paranasal sinuses and associated structures and their ano"alies 1#. 6MH8 surgical anato&y and function 6h!siolo#!: 1.Ner-ous s!ste' D Physiology of ner%e conduction, pain pathway, sy"pathetic and parasy"pathetic ner%ous syste", hypothala"us and "echanis" of controlling body te"perature 2.Bloo DCo"position D ae"ostasis, %arious blood dyscrasias and its "anage"ent of patients with the sa"e D e"orrhage and its control D Capillary and ly"phatic circulation. D Blood grouping, transfusing procedures. ".1igesti2e s'ste% D Sali%a B co"position and functions of sali%a D Mastication deglutition, digestion, assi"ilation D (rine for"ation, nor"al and abnor"al constituents %. :es3i!"tion D Control of %entilation anoxia, asphyxia, artificial respiration D ypoxia B types and "anage"ent (.Car io-ascular S!ste' D Cardiac cycle, D Shoc7 D eart sounds, D Blood pressure, D ypertension8 *.En ocrinolo#! D 2eneral endocrinal acti%ity and disorder relating to thyroid gland, D Parathyroid gland, adrenal gland, pituitary gland, pancreas and gonads8 D Metabolis" of calciu" #. Nutrition
58

D 2eneral principles balanced diet, effect of dietary deficiency, protein "alnutntton, <washior7or, Maras"us8 D Aluid and Electrolytic balance in "aintaining hae"ostasis and significance in "inor and "a3or surgical procedures Bioche'istr! 2eneral principles go%erning the %arious biological acti%ities of the body, such as os"otic pressure, electrolytes, dissociation, oxidation, reduction etc. 2eneral co"position of the body 'nter"ediary "etabolis" Carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, and their "etabolis" 5ucleoproteins, nucleic acid and nucleotides and their "etabolis" En&y"es, %ita"ins and "inerals or"ones Body and other fluids. Metabolis" of inorganic ele"ents. Detoxification in the body. !nti"etabolites. 6atholo#!: 1. +nfl"%%"tion( D :epair and regeneration, necrosis and gangrene D :ole of co"ponent syste" in acute infla""ation, D :ole of arachidonic acid and its "etabolites in acute infla""ation, D 2rowth factors in acute infla""ation D :ole of "olecular e%ents in cell growth and intercellular signaling cell surface receptors D :ole of 5S!'Ds in infla""ation, D Cellular changes in radiation in3ury and its "anifestation8 2. #"e%ost"sis D :ole of endotheliu" in thro"bogenisis, D !rterial and %enous thro"bi, D Disse"inated 'ntra%ascular coagulation ". Shoc4: D 5"t6ogenesis of 6e%o!!6"gic* ne$!ogenic* se3tic* c"!diogenic s6ock
E Ci!c$l"to!' dist$!b"nces* isc6e%i" 6'3e!e%i"* 2eno$s congestion* eden inf"!ction

. Chro'oso'al a$nor'alities8 D Marians !yndrome, EhlerJs !. )!/ersensiti-it!:

%anlos !yndrome, :ragile N) !yndrome and cell mediated

D !naphylaxis, type + hypersensiti%ity, type I sensitivity

reaction. 6nd its clinical importance, systemic lupus erythematosus. A Infection and infective granulomas.
". Neo/lasia: D Classification of tu"ors. D Carcinogenesis and carcinogenB che"ical, %iral and "icrobial D 2rading and staging of cancers, tu"or !ngiogenesis, Paraneoplastic syndro"e, spread of tu"ors.

8 !haracteristics of benign and malignant tumors


+. Others: D Sex lin7ed a ga""a globuline"ia.
4 %IDS

59

D Manage"ent of i""une deficiency patients re0uiring surgical procedures D De 2eorge Syndro"e C 2hons co"plex, post pri"ary pul"onary tuberculosis B pathology and pathogenesis. ,. ;!"l 5"t6olog': D De%elop"ental disturbances of oral and Para oral structures D :egressi%e changes of teeth. D Bacterial, %iral and "ycotic infections of oral ca%ity D Dental caries,, diseases of pulp and periapical tissues D Physical and che"ical in3uries of the oral ca%ity D Oral "anifestations of "etabolic and endocrinal disturbances D Diseases of 3awbones and 6MH D Diseases of blood and blood for"ing organs in relation ot oral ca%ity D Cysts of the oral ca%ity D Sali%ary gland diseases D :ole of laboratory in%estigations in oral surgery 2.?icro$iolo#!:

A Immunity A Dnowledge of organisms commonly associated with disease of oral cavity. A 'orphology cultural characteristics of strepto, staphylo, pneumo, gono, meningo, Clostridium group of organism, spirochetes, organisms of ";, leprosy, diphtheria, actinomycosis and moniliasis
D epatitis B and its prophylaxis D Culture and sensiti%ity test D Laboratory deter"inations D Blood groups, blood "atching, :BC and EBC count D Bleeding and clotting ti"e etc, s"ears and cultures, D (rine analysis and cultures. !pplied Phar"acology and 6herapeutics8 1. Definition of ter"inologies used 2. Dosage and "ode of ad"inistration of drugs. 3. !ction and fate of drugs in the body . Drug addiction, tolerance and hypersensiti%e reactions. !. Drugs acting on the C5S ". 2eneral and local anesthetics, hypnotics, analeptics, and tran0uili&ers. #. Che"o therapeutics and antibiotics C. !nalgesics and antipyretics G. !ntitubercular and antisyphilitic drugs. 1H. !ntiseptics, sialogogues and antisialogogues 11. ae"atinics 12. !ntidiabetics 13. 9ita"ins !, BBco"plex, C, D, E, < 6a/er II: ?inor Oral Sur#er! an Trau'a ?INOR ORAL SURGER> D Principles of Surgery8 De%eloping a surgical diagnosis, basic necessities; Surgery, !septic 6echin0ue, 'ncisions, Alap Design 6issue handling, ae"ostas dead space "anage"ent, deconta"ination and debrid"ent, Suturing, Oede"a control,

60

patient general health and nutrition.


E .edic"l 4%e!gencies: 3!e2ention "nd %"n"ge%ent of "lte!ed conscio$sness (s'nco3e* o!t6ost"tic 6'3otension* sei@$!es* di"betes %ellit$s* "d!en"l

hypersensiti%ity reactions, chest disco"fort, and respiratory difficulty. ). 4<"%in"tion "nd 1i"gnosis: clinic"l 6isto!'* 36'sic"l "nd !"diog!"36ic* clinic"l "nd l"bo!"to!' di"gnosis* o!"l
%"nifest"tions of s'ste%ic dise"ses* i%3lic"tions

insufficiency

syste"ic diseases in surgical patients. +. 1ae&orrhage and Shoc7 I. .. =.


,8odontia:
principles and of their

: applied physiology' coagulation' e8tra 3ascular he&orrhage' and he&orrhagic lesions' &anage&ent secondary he&orrhage' shoc7. e8traction' co&plications used in oral surgery. e8traction' indications and &anage&ent' principles of classification' -eet6: surgical indications e8posure of

clinical

abnor&alities

contraindications' types of ele3ators and ele3ators and unerupted contraindications' teeth' surgical

"mpaction; surgical anato&y' diagnosis' procedures' co&plications and their &anage&ent.


>$!gic"l &ids to repositioning of partially erupted teeth. 4!$3tion ;f

@. -!"ns3l"nt"tion of -eet6 #. >$!gic"l 4ndodontics : indications and contraindications' diagnosis' procedures of periradicular surgery C. Precedures To I&po3e %l3eolar soft tissues: re0uire&ents' types 6al3eloplasty' tuberosity reduction' &ylohyoid ridge reduction'
genial reduction' re&o3al of e8ostosis' 3estibuloplasty$

G. Procedures to '"pro%e !l%eloar soft 6issues8 hyper"obile tissuesB operati%e 4 sclerosing "ethod, epulis fissuratu", frenecto"y and frenoto"y 1H. Infection of 1ead and 2ec7: +dontogenic and non +dontogenic infections' factors affecting spread of infection' diagnosis ad
differential diagnosis' &anage&ent of facial space infections' /udwig angina' ca3ernous sinus thro&bosis.

11. 12. 13. 1 . 1!.

Chronic 'nfections of the 9aws : +steo&yelitis 6types' etiology' pathogenesis' &anage&ent$ osteoradionecrosis Maxillary Sinus: &a8illary sinusitis ) types' pathology' treat&ent' closure of +ro ) antral fistula. *aldwell) luc operation Cysts of the +rofacial region: classification' diagnosis' &anage&ent of +5*' dentigerous' radicular non +dontogenic' ranula 5eurological Disorders of the &a8illofacial region: diagnosis and &anage&ent of trige&inal neuralgia' M-DS' bell=s '"plantlogy8 definition' classification' indications and contraindications' ad3antages and disad3antages' surgical procedure.

palsy' >rey=s syndro&e' ner3e injuries.

1". !nesthesia Local !nesthesia8

classification of local anesthetic drugs' &odes of action indications and contra indications' ad3antages and disad3antages' techni0ues' co&plications and their &anage&ent.

2eneral !nesthesia8 1#. 1C. 1G. 2H.

classification' stages of ;%' &echanis& of action' indications' and contra indications' ad3antages and disad3antages' post anesthetic co&plications and e&ergencies' anesthetic for dental procedures in children' pre &edication' conscious sedation' legal aspects for ;%

6rau"a Surgical !nato"y of head and 2ec7 Etiology of 'n3ury Basic Principles of 6reat"ent

21. Pri"ary Care8 resuscitation, establish"ent of airway, "anage"ent of hemorrhage "anage"ent of head in3uries and ad"ission to hospital. 22. Diagnosis8 clinical, radiological 23. Soft 6issue 'n3ury of Aace and Scalp8 classification and "anage"ent of soft tissue wounds, in3uries to structure re0uiring special treat"ent. +.. Dento !l%eoalr Aractures8 exa"ination and diagnosis, classification, treat"ent, pre%ention.

61

+=. Mandibular Aractures8 classification, exa"ination and diagnosis, general principles of treat"ent, co"plications and their "anage"ent +@. 2#. 2C. 2#. 2G. 31. 32. 33. 3 .
F!"ct$!e of G'go%"tic Co%3le<: cl"ssific"tion* e<"%in"tion "nd di"gnosis* gene!"l 3!inci3les of t!e"t%ent* co%3lic"tions "nd t6ei! %"n"ge%ent8 ;!bit"l F!"ct$!es: blow o$t f!"ct$!es N"s"l F!"ct$!es F!"ct$!es of .iddle t6i!d of t6e F"ci"l >keleton: e%e!genc' c"!e* f!"ct$!ed %"<ill"* "nd t!e"t%ent of le fo!t I' II'

III' fractures of 2aso orbito eth&oidal region.

Opthal"ic 'n3uries8 "inor in3uries, nonBperforating in3u!ies*

3e!fo!"ting in=$!ies*!etiob$lb"!

6e%o!!6"ge* "nd t!"$%"tic o3tic ne$!o3"t6'8

6rau"atic 'n3uries to Arontal sinus8 diagnosis, classification, treat"ent Maxillofacial in3uries in 2eriatric and pediatric Patients 2un shot wounds and Ear 'n3uries Osseointegration in Maxillofacial :econstruction

3!. Matabolic response to 6rau"a8 neuro endocrine responses, infla""atory "edi clinical i"plications I@. 3#. 3C.
#e"ling of -!"$%"tic +n=$!ies: soft tiss$es* bone* c"!til"ge* !es3onse of 3e!i36 ne!2e to in=$!' N$t!ition"l Conside!"tion following -!"$%" -!"c6eosto%': indic"tions "nd cont!"indic"tions* 3!oced$!e* co%3lic"tions "nd

t6ei! %"n"ge%ent8

6A6ER III :?ADILLO&ACIAL SURGER> Sali-ar! #lan D Sialography D Sali%ary fistula and "anage"ent D Diseases of sali%ary gland B de%elop"ental disturbances, cysts, infla" and sialolithiasis D Mucocele and :anula D 6u"ors of sali%ary gland and their "anage"ent D*taging

of salivary gland tumors DParotidectomy


Te'/oro'an i$ular /oint D &tiology history signs

symptoms e$amination and diagnosis of temporomandibular (oint disorders 8 )n'ylosis and management of the same with different treatment modalities D MPDS and management 8 !ondylectomy 1 different procedures 8 various approaches to -./
D :ecurrent dislocations B Etiology and Manage"ent Oncolo#! D Biopsy

D Manage"ent of preB"alignant tu"ors of head and nec7 region

62

D Benign and Malignant tu"ors of ead and 5ec7 region D Staging of oral cancer and tu"or "ar7ers D Manage"ent of oral cancer D :adial 5ec7 dissection D Modes of spread of tu"ors D Diagnosis and "anage"ent of tu"ors of nasal, paranasal, nec7, tongue, chee7, "axilla and "andible D :adiation therapy in "axillofacial regions.
8 .ateral nec' swellings Ortho#nathic sur#er! D Diagnosis and treat"ent planning D Cephalo"etric analysis D 'odel surgery

A 'a&illary and mandibular repositioning procedures D !egmental osteotomies A 'anagement of apertognathia A =enioplasty A %istraction osteogenesis
C!sts an tu'or of oro facial re#ion D 9dontogenic and non79dontogenic

tumors and their management

A =iant lesions of jawbone A :ibro osseous lesions of jawbone


D C'sts of ="w
7"se! surgery

D 6he application of laser technology in surgical treat"ent of lesions Cryosurgery D Principles, applications of cryosurgery in surgical "anage"ent of Cleft li3 "nd 3"l"te s$!ge!'
E 1et"iled knowledge of t6e de2elo3%ent of t6e f"ce* 6e"d "nd neck E 1i"gnosis "nd t!e"t%ent 3l"nning E C$!!ent conce3ts in t6e %"n"ge%ent of cleft li3 "nd 3"l"te defo!%it'

D 5nowledge of 2aso endoscopy and other diagnostic techni0ues in the e3aluation of speech and hearing D Concept of "ultidisciplinary tea" "anage"ent Aesthetic facial sur#er! D Detailed 7nowledge of the structures of the face and nec7 including s7in a underlying soft tissue D Diagnosis and treat"ent planning of defor"ities and conditions affecting facial s7in D (nderlying facial "uscles, bone. Eyelids external ear D Surgical "anage"ent of post acne scarring, facelift, blepharoplasty, otoplasty, facial bone recontouring, etc Craniofacial sur#er! D Basic 7nowledge of de%elop"ental ano"alies of the face, head and nec7 D Basic concepts in the diagnosis and planning of %arious head and nec7 ano"alies including facial clefts, craniosynostosis, syndro"es, etc.

63

D Current concept in the "anage"ent of Craniofacial ano"alies ?onitorin# Learnin# 6ro#ress 't is essential to "onitor the learning progress to each candidate through

continuous appraisal and

regular assess&ent. It not only helps teachers to e3aluate students' but also students to e3aluate the&sel3es. The &onitoring to be doneby the staff of the depart&ent based on participation of students in 3arious teaching ? learning acti3ities. It &ay be structured and assess&ent be done using chec7lists that assess 3arious aspects. *hec7lists are gi3en in Section IB

Sche'e of E9a'ination !. -6eo!' : 400 ."!k Eritten exa"ination shall consist of four 0uestion papers each of three hours duration. 6otal "ar7s for each paper will be ,-. Paper I, II and III shall consist of two long +uestions carrying ./ marks each and - short essay
+uestions carrying , marks each. -aper IB will be on ,ssay. Juestions on recent ad3ances &ay be as7ed in any or all the papers. Distribution of topics for each paper will be as follows ::

6a/er "

: Applied &asic 2ciences; Applied Anatomy, Physiology, &iochemistry, 0eneral and +ral -athology and Microbiology and -har&acology

6a/er "" : >inor Oral 2urgery and !rauma 6a/er """: >a%illofacial 2urgery 6a/er "-: $ssay B. 6ractical 5 Clinical E9a'ination : 2.. ?ar4s .
Minor Oral Sur#er! :100 ?ar4s

Each candidate

is required to perform the minor oral surgical procedures under local anaesthesia. !he minor surgical cases may include remo*al of impacted lo+er third molar, cyst enucleation, any similar procedure +here students can e%hibit their professional s?ills in raising the flap, remo*ing the bone and suturing the +ound. 7a. One long case - B, mar?s 7b. !+o short cases <, mar?s each

C. =i-a

=oce:

100 ?ar4s

i8 )i2"(2oce e<"%in"tion: 80 %"!ks !ll exa"iners will conduct %i%aB%oce con3ointly on candidateCs co"prehension, analytical approach, expression, interpretation of data and co""unication s7ills. 't includes all co"ponents of course contents. 't includes presentation and discussion on dissertation also. ii8
5ed"gog' 4<e!cise: 20 %"!ks

! topic be gi%en to each candidate in the beginning of clinical exa"ination. "a7e a presentation on the topic for /B)* "inutes.

e4she is as7ed

64

CONSER=ATI=E 7ENTISTR>
O$8ecti-es 6he following ob3ecti%es are laid out to achie%e the goals of the course. 6hese are to be Bno0le #e !t the end of I@ "onths of training, the candidates should be able to8 D Describe aeitology, pathophysiology, periapical diagnosis and "anage"ent of co""on restorati%e situations, endodontic situations that will include conte"porary "anage"ent of dental caries, "anage"ent of trau"a and pulpal pathoses including periodontal situations. D De"onstrate understanding of basic sciences as rele%ant to conser%ati%e 4 restorati%e

achieved by the time the candidate completes the course. "hese objectives may be considered under the following subtitles.

dentistry and Endodontics. A Identify social, economic, environmental and emotional determinants in a given case or community and take them into account for planning and e&ecution at individual and
co""unity le%el. D !bility to "aster differential diagnosis and recogni&e conditions that "ay re0uire "ufti disciplinary approach or a clinical situation outside the real" of the specialty, which he or she should be able to recogni&e and refer to appropriate specialist. D (pdate hi"self by selfBstudy and by attended basic and ad%anced courses, conferences, se"inars, and wor7shops in the specialty of Conser%ati%e DentistryB EndodonticsBDental

'aterials and 8estorative %entistry. A 6bility to teach, guide, colleagues and other students.?se information technology tools and carry out research both basic and clinical with the aim of his publishing his work and presenting the same at scientific platform

S4ills D 6a7e proper chair side history, exa" the patient and perfor" "edical and dental diagnostic procedures and order as well as perfor" rele%ant tests and interpret to the" to co"e to a reasonable diagnosis about the dental condition in general and Conser%ati%e Dentistry B Endodontics in particular. !nd underta7e co"plete patient "onitoring including preoperati%e as well as post operati%e care of the patient.

A Perform all levels of restorative work and surgical and non7surgical ,ndodontics including endodontic endoosseous implants, as well as endodontic)periodontal surgical procedures as part of multidisciplinary approach to clinical condition.
D Pro%ide basic life sa%ing support in e"ergency situations. D Manage scute pulpal and pulpo periodontal situations. D a%e a thorough knowledge of infection control
&easures in the dental

environment and laboratories.


-rofessional honesty and integrity should be the top priority.

clinical

)u'an =alues1 Ethical 6ractice an Co''unication A$ilities D A o/t ethical principles in all aspects of restorati3e and conte&poraries ,ndodonticsO including non)surgical and surgical ,ndodontics. 4
4 Dental care has to be pro3ided regardless of social status' caste' creed or religion of the patient. 4 De3elop co&&unication s7ills) in particular to e8plain 3arious options a3ailable &anage&ent and to obtain a true infor&ed consent fro& the patient.

65

4 %pply high &oral and ethical standards while carrying on hu&an or ani&al research 1e ? She shall not carry out any heroic procedures and &ust 7now his li&itations in perfor&ing all aspects of restorati3e dentistry including ,ndodontics. %s7 for help fro& colfeagues or seniors when
re0uired without hesitation

9 .espect patient=s rights and pri3ileges including patients right to infor&ation.

Course Contents 6a/er 1: A//lie Anato'! of #e"d "nd Neck D De%elop"ent of face, paranasal sinuses and the associated structures and their ano"alies, cranial and facial bones, 6MH anato"y and function, arterial and %enous drainage of head and nec7, "uscles of face and nec7 including "uscles of "astication and deglutition, brief consideration of structures and function of brain. Brief consideration of all cranial ner%es and autono"ic ner%ous syste" of head and nec7. Sali%ary glands, Aunctional anato"y of "astication, deglutition and speech. Detailed anato"y of deciduous and per"anent teeth, general consideration in physiology of per"anent dentition, for", function, align"ent, contact, occlusion.$ D 'nternal anato"y of per"anent teeth and its significance D !pplied histology, histology of s7in, oral "ucosa, connecti%e tissue, bone cartilage, blood %essels, ly"phatics, ner%es, "uscles, tongue.
1e2elo3%ent of -eet6

D Ena"el B de%elop"ent and co"position, physical characteristics, che"ical properties, structure D !ge changes B clinical structure D Dentin B de%elop"ent, physical and che"ical properties, structure type of dentin, inner%ations, age and functional changes. D Pulp B de%elop"ent, histological structures, inner%ations, functions, regressi%e changes, clinical considerations. D Ce"entu" B co"position, ce"entogenesis, structure, function, clinical consideration. D Periodontal liga"ent B de%elop"ent, structure, function and clinical consideration. D Sali%ary glands B structure, function, clinical considerations. A//lie 6h!siolo#! D Mastication, deglutition, digestion and assi"ilation, fluid and electrolyte balance. D Blood co"position, %olu"e, function, blood groups, hae"ostasis, coagulation, blood transfusion, circulation, heart, pulse, blood pressure, shoc7, respiration, control, anoxia, hypoxia, asphyxia, artificial respiration, and endocrinology B general principles of endocrine acti%ity and disorders relating to pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenals including pregnancy and lactation. D Physiology of sali%a B co"position, function, clinical significance. D Clinical significance of %ita"ins, diet and nutrition B balanced diet. D Physiology of pain, sy"pathetic and Para sy"pathetic ner%ous syste", pain pathways, physiology of pulpal pain, Odontogenic and non Odontogenic pain, pain disorders B typical and atypical, bioche"istry such as os"otic pressure, electrolytic dissociation, oxidation, reduction etc., carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and their "etabolis", nucleoproteins, nucleic acid and their "etabolis". En&y"es, %ita"in and "inerals, "etabolis" of inorganic ele"ents, detoxification in the body, anti "etabolites, che"istry of blood ly"ph and urine. 6atholo#! D 'nfla""ation, repair, degeneration, necrosis and gangrene.

66

D Circulatory disturbances B ische"ia, hypere"ia, ede"a, thro"bosis, e"bolis", infarction, allergy and hypersensiti%ity reaction. D 5eoplas"s B classifications of tu"ors, characteristics of benign and "alignant tu"ors, spread tu"ors. D Blood dyscrasias D De%elop"ental disturbances of oral and Para oral structures, dental caries, regressi%e changes of teeth, pulp, periapical pathology, pulp reaction to dental

caries and dental procedures. A ;acterial, viral, mycotic infections of the oral cavity.

?icro$iolo#! D Pathways of pulpal infection, oral flora and "icro organis"s associated with endodontic diseases, pathogenesis, host defense, bacterial %irulence factors, healing, theory of focal infections, "icrobes or rele%ance to dentistry B strepto, staphylococci, lactobacilli, co"yebacteriu", actino"ycetes, Clostridiu", neisseria, %ibrio,bacteriods,fusobacteria,spirochetes,"ycobacteriu", %irus and fungi. D Cross infection, infection control, infection control procedure, sterili&ation and disinfection. D '""unology B antigen antibody reaction, allergy, hypersensiti%ity and anaphylaxis, auto i""unity, grafts, %iral hepatitis, '9 infections and aids. 'dentification and isolation of "icroorganis"s fro" infected root canals. Culture "ediu" and culturing techni0ue #!erobic and anaerobic interpretation and antibiotic sensiti%ity test$. 6har'acolo#! D Dosage and route of administration of drugs, actions and fate of drug in body, drug addiction, tolerance of
hypersensiti*ity reactions.

D Local anesthesia - agents and chemistry, pharmacological actions, fate and metabolism of anaesthetic,
ideal properties, techniques and complications.

D 2eneral anest"esia ) pre medications, neuro muscular bloc$ing agents, induction agents, in"alation anest"esia, and agents used, assessment of anest"etic problems in medically compromised patients. Anaest"etic emergencies Anti"istamines, corticosteroids, c"emot"erapeutic and antibiotics, drug resistance, "aemostasis, and "aemostatic agents, anticoagulants, sympat"omimitic drugs, vitamins and minerals %A, ., C, D, E, C " O1., anti sialogogue, immunosupressants, drug interactions, antiseptics,
disinfectants, anti *iral agents, drugs acting on /12.

Biostatistics

Introduction, .asic concepts, !ampling, ;ealt" information systems ) collection, compilation, presentation of data. *lementary statistical met"ods ) presentation of statistical data, !tatistical averages ) measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, 1ormal distribution. 0ests of significance ) parametric and non ) parametric tests % is"er e<tract test, !ign test, +edian test, +ann ="itney test, 3rusical =allis one way analysis, riedmann two way analysis, Regression analysis&, Correlation and regression, 2se of computers. Research ?etho olo#! *ssential features of a protocol for researc" in "umans *<perimental and non)e<perimental study designs *t"ical considerations of researc" A//lie 7ental ?aterials P"ysical and mec"anical properties of dental materials, biocompatibility.

67

Impression materials, detailed study of various restorative materials, restorative resin and recent advances in composite resins, bonding) recent developments) tarnis" and corrosion, dental amalgam, direct filling gold, casting alloys, inlay wa<, die materials, investments, casting procedures, defects, dental cements for restoration and pulp protection %luting, liners, bases& cavity varnis"es. Dental ceramics)recent advances, finis"ing and polis"ing materials. Dental burs ) design and mec"anics of cutting ) ot"er modalities of toot" preparation. +et"ods of testing biocompatibility of materials used. 6a/er II: Conser-ati-e 7entistr! ). *<amination, diagnosis and treatment plan +. ,cclusion as related to conservative dentistry, contact, contour, its significance. !eparation of teet", matrices, used in conservative dentistry. I. Dental cariesB epide"iology, recent concept of etiological factors, pathophysiology, istopathology, diagnosis, caries acti%ity tests, pre%ention of dental caries and "anage"ent B recent "ethods. .. and and rotary cutting instru"ents, de%elop"ent of rotary e0uip"ent, speed ranges

ha:ards. E. Dental burs and other modalities of tooth reparation1 recent developments ("i! abrasions lasers etc/
". 'nfection control procedures in conser%ati%e dentistry, isolation e0uip"ents etc. #. Direct concepts in tooth preparation for a"alga", co"posite, 2'C and restorati%e

techni+ues, failures and management. C. %irect and indirect composite restorations. G. Indirect tooth colored restorations7 ceramic, inlays and onlays, veneers, crowns' recent advances in fabrication and materials.
a. Tissue 'ana#e'ent 1H. '"pression procedures used for irect restorations. 11. Cast 'etal restorations1 in ications1 contrain ications1 tooth /re/aration for class; inlay, 9nlay full crown restorations.

8estorative techni+ues, direct and indirect methods of fabrication including materi used for fabrication like inlay wa&, investment materials and 12. %irect gold restorations. 13. 8ecent advances in restorative materials and procedures. 1 . 'anagement of non7carious lesion. 1!. 6dvance knowledge of minimal intervention dentistry. 1". 8ecent advances in restoration of endodontically treated teeth and grossly mutilated teeth 1#. $ypersensitivity, theories, causes and management. 1C. Casers in Conservative %entistry 1G. C6%7C6' B C6%7CI' in restorative dentistry 2H. %ental imaging and its applications in restorative dentistry (clinical photography)
68

21. Principles of esthetics BAacial analysis BS"ile design BPrinciples of esthetic integration B6reat"ent planning in esthetic dentistry 6a/er III: En o ontics 1. :ationale of endodontics. 2. <nowledge of internal anato"y of per"anent teeth, anato"y of root apex and its i"plications in endodontic treat"ent. 3. Dentin and pulp co"plex. . Pulp and periapical pathology !. Pathobiology of periapex. @. Diagnostic procedure B recent ad%ances and %arious aids used for diagnosisB a. Orofacial dental pain e"ergencies8 endodontic diagnosis and "anage"ent >. Case selection and treat"ent planning C. 'nfection control procedures used in endodontics #aseptic techni0ues such as rubber da", sterili&ation of instru"ents etc.$ G. !ccess ca%ity preparation B ob3ecti%es and principles 1H. Endodontic instru"ents and instru"entation B recent de%elop"ents, detailed description of hand, rotary, sonic, ultra sonic etc.. 11. Eor7ing length deter"ination 4 cleaning and shaping of root canal syste" and recent de%elop"ent in techni0ues of canal preparation. 12. :oot canal irrigants and intra canal "edica"ents used including non B surgical endodontics by calciu" hydroxide. 13. Endodontic "icrobiology. 1 . Obturating "aterials, %arious obturation techni0ues and recent ad%ances in obturation of root canal. 1!. 6rau"atic in3uries and "anage"ent B endodontic treat"ent for young per"anent teeth. Pediatric endodontics B treat"ent of i""ature apex. 1". Endodontic surgeries, recent de%elop"ents in techni0ue and de%ices, endoosseous endodontic i"plants B biology of bone and wound healing. 1#. Endoperio interrelationship, endo T Perio lesion and "anage"ent 1C. Drugs and che"icals used in endodontics 1G. Endo e"ergencies and "anage"ent. 2H. :estoration of endodontically treated teeth, recent ad%ances. 21. 2eriatric endodontics 22. Endo e"ergencies and "anage"ent. 23. Biologic response of pulp to %arious restorati%e "aterials and operati%e procedures. 2 . Lasers in endodontics. 2!. Multidisciplinary approach to endodontic situations. 2". Endodontic radiologyB digital technology in endodontic practice. 2#. Local anesthesia in endodontics. +/.Procedural errors in endodontics and their "anage"ent.

69

+-.Endodontic failures and retreat"ent. I*.:esorptions and its "anage"ent. I).Microscopes in endodontics. I+.Single %isit endodontics, current concepts and contro%ersies.
!eaching 5 #earning Acti*ities The following is the &ini&u& re0uired to be co&pleted before the candidate can be
eligible to appear for final MDS e8a&.

consider

First Dear

Pre Clinical =or$ ) ,perative and *ndodontics Preclinical work on typhodont teeth ). Class + a&alga& ca3ities
a. b. *onser3ati3e preparation *on3entional preparation Inlay ca3ity preparation on pre&olars (10 (06 (04 (02 (01 05 05 (02 (02 (03 (03

+.
a. b.

%nd &olars ) M+' D+' M+D Fa8 pattern *asing

I. +nlay preparation oh &olars a. *asting .. Aull Crown a. !nterior b. Posterior #+ each to be processed$ =. #?C crown 61 to be processed$ @. I 4 . crown pre&olars 61 to be processed$ Pre Clinical wor$ on natural teet" )8Inlay on &olars and pre&olars M+' D+' and M+D a. Casting b. Eax pattern

HC

*+ *+

2. %&alga& ca3ity preparation

a.Con%entional
b. *onser3ati3e

*+
H2

I. Pin retained a"alga" on "olar teeth .. Post and core build up !nterior teeth Posterior teeth =. Casting Anterior Posterior @. ,nlay on molars % ' to be processed& >. Full cro+n premolars and molars

*+ )* *= (6 (9 (>
,6

70

/.

Full cro+n anterior

,B

7< and 4 to be processed.

-. 3eneers anterior teeth 7indirect method. ,< )*. /omposite inlay 7class <. ,4 )).Aull tooth wax car%ing B all per"anent teeth En o ontics 1. Sectioning of all "axillary and "andibular teeth. 2. Sectioning of teeth B in relation to deciduous "olar, +nd pri"ary upper and lower "olar ) each 3. !ccess ca%ity opening and root canal therapy in relation to "axillary and "andibular per"anent teeth . !ccess ca%ity preparation and BMP !nterior a. Con%entional prep b. 2tep bac?
c. /ro+n do+n 0

O$turation =. BMP Pre"olar ". BMP Molar


molar. obturation = each

*@ #+ upper and + lower$ obturation ) each


,B 74 upper - < first molars and = second molar, 4 lo+er - < first molars and = second

#.
a.

Post and core preparation and fabrication in relation to anterior and posterior teeth Anterior -osterior =, 7casting 6. ,: 7casting <. .e&o3able dies ,6

b. /. Note:

-ec6niB$e wo!k to be co%3leted in t6e fi!st fo$! %ont6s

Clinical 0or4 ! Co"posite restorations I* B 2'C :estorations I* C Co"plex a"alga" restorations *= D Co"posite inlay T %eneers #direct and indirect$ *= E Cera"ic 3ac7et crowns *= A Post and core for anterior teeth *= 2 Bleaching %ital *= 5on %ital ,: $. :C6 !nterior <, '. $ndo surgery - obser*ation and assisting ,: Presentation of D Se"inars B = se"inars by each student B should include topics in dental conser%ati%e dentistry and endodontics D Hournal clubs B by each student D Sub"ission of synopsis at the end of @ &onths
4 /ibrary assign&ent wor7 4 Internal assess&ent ) theory and clinicals.

Secon >ear

71

Case discussionB! 1 *era&ic jac7et crowns 2 -ost and core for anterior teeth 3 -ost and core for posterior teeth ! " #
*o&posite restoration >ull crown for posterior teeth *ast gold inlay +ther special types of wor7 such as splinting) .eattach&ent of fractured teeth etc. %nterior .*T -osterior .*T

1H 1H H! H! 1! H! H! 2H 3H H! H!

C G 1H ,ndo surgery perfor&ed independently 11 Manage&ent of endo ) -erio proble&s


Ender graduate teaching program as allotted by the FOD 2eminars - : by each student 'ournal club - : by each student Dissertation +or?

D D
E

Prepare scientific paper and present in conference and clinical "eeting Library assign"ent to be sub"itted )/ %ont6s "fte! st"!ting of t6e co$!se
+nte!n"l "ssess%ent ( t6eo!' "nd clinic"l

Thir >ear Dissertation wor7 to be sub&itted " &onths before final e8a&ination. Clinical wor7 10 D *ast gold inlay) +nlay' cuspal restoration D-ost and core 20 DMolar endodontics 50 D,ndo surgery

05 %ll other types of surgeries including crown lengthening' perioesthetics' he&i sectioning' splinting' replantation' endodontic i&plants.

Presentation of D Se"inars D Hournal club


-e"c6ing ( lect$!e ($nde! g!"d$"tes) E +nte!n"l "ssess%ent ( t6eo!' "nd clinic"l

Monitoring /earning -rogress


It is essential to &onitor the learning progress of each candidate through continuous appraisal and regular assess&ent. It not only helps teachers to e3aluate students' but also students to e3aluate the&sel3es. The &onitoring be done by the staff of the depart&ent based on participation of students in 3arious teaching ? learning acti3ities. It &ay be structured and assess&ent be done using chec7lists that assess 3arious aspects. *hec7lists are gi3en in Section IB.

Sche"e of ,8a&ination A. Theor! SC)E?E O& EDA?INATION: A. -6eo!' : 300 ."!ks Eritten exa"ination shall consist of four 0uestion papers each of three hours duration. 6otal "ar7s for each paper will be ,-. Paper I, II and III shall consist of two long +uestions carrying ./ marks each and - short essay

+uestions carrying , marks each. -aper '9 will be on ,ssay. Juestions on recent ad3ances &ay be as7ed in any or all the papers. Distribution of topics for each paper will be as follows: :

72

P!PE:B' : %pplied <asic Sciences: %pplied %nato&y' -hysiology' -athology including +ral Microbiology' -har&acology' <iostatistics and
.esearch

P!PE:B'' : *onser3ati3e Dentistry P!PE:B''': ,ndodontics P!PE:B'9: ,ssay B. Clinic"l 200 ."!ks 6he duration of Clinical and 9i%a 9oce exa"ination will be + days for a batch of four students. 'f the nu"ber of candidates exceeds ., the progra"e can be extended to I day.
rd

'ethodology and %pplied Dental Materials.

7a! 1 Clinical Exercise ' B 50 ."!ks Cast core preparation #i$ 6ooth Preparation #ii$ Direct Eax Pattern #iii$ Casting #i%$ Ce"entation #%$ retention ( ,lasto&eric I&pression ) 1H &ar7s

B )* &ar7s

B )* "ar7s B )* "ar7s B )* "ar7s

Clinical Exercise '' B 50 ."!ks #inlay Exercise $ #i$ 6ooth preparation for Class '' 2old 'nlayB+= "ar7s #ii$ Aabrication of Direct Eax PatternB += "ar7s
1"' 2

Clinical Exercise ''' B


(.ol"! 4ndodontics)

100 ."!ks

#i$ Local !nesthesia and :ubber Da" applicationB+* "ar7s #ii$ !ccess Ca%ityB +* "ar7s #iii$ Eor7ing length deter"inationB+* "ar7s #i%$ Canal PreparationB +* "ar7s #%$ Master bone selectionB+* "ar7s C. =i-a =oce : 100 ."!ks i. =i-a:=oce e9a'ination: ,. 'ar4s !ll exa"iners will conduct %i%aB%oce con3ointly on candidateCs co"prehension, analytical
presentation and discussion on dissertation also.

approach, e8pression' interpretation of data and co&&unication s7ills. It includes all co&ponents of course contents. It includes
ii. 6e a#o#! E9ercise: 2. 'ar4s ! topic is gi%en to each candidate in the beginning of clinical exa"ination. e4she is as7ed to "a7e a presentation on the topic for /B)* "inutes. 7a! ": 9i%aB9oce #Continued if "ore than . students are ta7ing exa"ination or shortage of ti"e on + day$
nd

ORT)O7ONTICS @ 7ENTO&ACIAL ORT)O6AE7ICS


O$8ecti-es 6he training progra""e in Orthodontics is to structure and achie%e the following four ob3ecti%es
5no0le

#e of

1. 6he dyna&ic interaction of biologic processes and &echanical forces acting on the sto&atognathic syste& during orthodontic treat&ent

73

2. 6he etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis and treat"ent planning of %arious co""on Orthodontic proble"s 1. 9arious treat"ent "odalities in Orthodontics pre%enti%e intercepti%e and correcti%e. 1. Basic sciences rele%ant to the practice of Orthodontics 3. 'nteraction of social, cultural, econo"ic, genetic and en%iron"ental factors and their rele%ance to "anage"ent of oro B facial defor"ities 2. Aactors affecting the longBrange stability of orthodontic correction and their "anage"ent . Personal hygiene and infection control, pre%ention of cross infection and safe disposal of hospital waste, 7eeping in %iew the high pre%alence of epatitis and '9 and other highly contagious diseases. S4ills 1. 6o obtain proper clinical history, "ethodical exa"ination of the patient, perfor" essential diagnostic procedures, and interpret the" and arri%e at a reasonable diagnosis about the Dentofacial defor"ities. .. 6o be co"petent to fabricate and "anage the "ost appropriate appliance B intra or extra oral, re"o%able or fixed, "echanical or functional, and acti%e or passi%e B for the treat"ent of any orthodontic proble" to be treated singly or as a part of "ultidisciplinary treat"ent of orofacial defor"ities. Attitu es: 1. De%elop an attitude to adopt ethical principles in all aspects of Orthodontic practice. 2. Professional honesty and integrity are to b fostered 3. 6reat"ent care is to be deli%ered irrespecti%e of the social Status, cast, creed or colleagues . Eillingness to share the 7nowledge and clinical experience with professional colleagues !. Eillingness to adopt, after a critical assess"ent, new "ethods and techni0ues of orthodontic "anage"ent de%eloped fro" ti"e to ti"e based on scientific research, which are in the best interest of the patient ". :espect patients rights and pri%ileges, including patients right to infor"ation and right to see7 a second opinion #. De%elop attitude to see7 opinion fro" allied "edical and dental specialists as and when re0uired Co''unication s4ills ). De%elop ade0uate co""unication s7ills particularly with the patients gi%ing the" %arious options a%ailable to "anage a particular Dentofacial proble" and to obtain a true infor"ed consent fro" the" for the "ost appropriate treat"ent a%ailable at that point of ti&e.
2. De3elop the ability to co&&unicate with professional colleagues' in +rthodontics or other specialities through 3arious &edia li7e correspondence' Internet' e)3ideo' conference' etc. To render the best possible treat&ent.

Course Content 6he progra" outlined, addresses both the 7nowledge needed in Orthodontics and allied Medical specialities in its scope. ! "ini"u" of three years of for"al training through a graded syste" of education as specifies, will e0uip the trainee with s7ill and 7nowledge at its co"pletion to be able to practice basic Orthodontics and ha3e the ability to intelligently pursue further apprenticeship towards ad3anced +rthodontics. S/rea of t6e C$!!ic$l$% Six "onths teaching o basic sub3ects including co"pletion of pre B clinical exercises + ft years of co3erage of all
the rele3ant topics in +rthodontics' clinical training in3oMng treat&ent of patients and sub&ission of dissertation. These &ay be di3ided into bloc7s of " to C &onths duration each' depending on the training policies of each institution. I. %pplied %nato&y: 4 -renatal growth of head:

Stages of e"bryonic de%elop"ent, origin of head, origin of face, origin of teeth. D Postnatal growth of head8 Bones of s7ull, the oral ca%ity, de%elop"ent of chin, the hyoid bone, general

74

growth of head, face growth. D Bone growth8 Origin of bone, co"position of bone, units of bone structure, schedule of Ossification, "echanical properties of bone, roentgen graphic appearance of bone D !ssess"ent of growth and de%elop"ent8 2rowth prediction, growth spurts, the concept of nor"ality and growth incre"ents of growth, differential growth, gradient of growth, "ethods of gathering growth data. 6heories of growth and recent ad%ances, factors affecting physical growfo.
4 Muscles of &astication: De3elop&ent of &uscles' &uscle change during growth' &uscle function

facial de%elop"ent, "uscle function and "alocclusion D De%elop"ent of dentition and occlusion8 Dental de%elop"ent periods, order of tooth eruption, chronology of per"anent tooth for"ation, periods of occlusal de%elop"ent, pattern of occlusion. D !ssess"ent of s7eletal age
The carpal bones' carpal 8 ) rays' cer3ical 3ertebrae II

6h!siolo#! D Endocrinology and its disorders #2rowth hor"one, thyroid hor"one, parathyroid hor"one, !C6 $ pituitary gland hor"ones, thyroid gland hor"ones, parathyroid gland hor"ones D Calciu" and its "etabolis" D 5utritionB"etabolis" and their disorders8 proteins, carbohydrates, fats, %ita"ins and "inerals. D Muscle physiology D Craniofacial Biology8 ell adhesion "olecules and "echanis" of adhesion D Bleeding disorders in orthodontics8 e"ophilia
+++ Dental !aterials;

D 2ypsu" products8 dental plaster, dental stone and their properties, setting reaction etc. D '"pression "aterials8 i"pression "aterials in general and particularly of alginate i"pression "aterial. D !crylics8 che"istry, co"position physical properties D Co"posites8 co"position types, properties setting reaction D Banding and bonding ce"ents8 Pn #P*.$+, &inc silicophosphate, Pinc polycarboxylate, resin ce"ents and glass lono"er ce"ents D Erought "etal alloys8 defor"ation, strain hardening, annealing, reco%ery, recrystalli&ation, grain growth, properties of "etal alloys D Orthodontic arch wires8 stainless steel gold, wrought cobalt chro"iu" nic7el alloys, alpha&beta titaniu" alloys D Elastics8 Latex and nonBlatex elastics. D !pplied physics, Bioengineering and "etallurgy. D Specification and tests "ethods used for "aterials used in Orthodontics D Sur%ey of all conte"porary literature and :ecent ad%ances in abo%e B "entioned "aterials. I=. Genetics: D Cell structure, D5!, :5!, protein synthesis, cell di%ision

75

D Chro"oso"al abnor"alities D Principles of orofacial genetics U D 2enetics in "alocclusion D = Molecular basis of genetics D Studies related to &alocclusion D :ecent ad%ances in genetics related to "alocclusion D 2enetic counseling D Bioethics and relationship to Orthodontic "anage"ent of patients. = 56'sic"l &nt6!o3olog': D E%olutionary de%elop"ent of dentition D E%olutionary de%elop"ent of 3aws. =I 5"t6olog': D 'nfla""ation D 5ecrosis =II ?iost"tistics: D Statistical principles D Data Collection D Method of presentation D Method of Su""ari&ing D Methods of analysis B different tests4errors D Sa"pling and Sa"pling techni0ue D Experi"ental "odels, design and interpretation D De%elop"ent of s7ills for preparing clear concise and cognent scientific abstracts and publication =III. &33lied !ese"!c6 %et6odolog' in ;!t6odontics D Experi"ental design D !ni"al experi"ental protocol D Principles in the de%elop"ent, execution and interpretation of 'etho olo#ies in +rthodontics
4 *ritical Scientific appraisal of literature.

IN. A//lie 6har'acolo#!: N. Ortho ontic histor!: D :elationship of TM9 anato&y and pathology and related neuro&uscular physiology. DII. Etiolo#! "nd Cl"ssific"tion of %"loccl$sion: D ! co%3!e6ensi2e !e2iew of t6e loc"l "nd s'ste%ic f"cto!s in t6e c"$s"tion of %"loccl$sion D)"!io$s cl"ssific"tions of %"loccl$sion DIII. 1entof"ci"l %no&alies: D !nato"ical, physiological and pathological characteristics of "a3or groups of de%elop"ental defects of the orofacial structures. DI=. C6ild "nd &d$lt 5s'c6olog': D Stages of child de%elop"ent. D 6heories of psychological de%elop"ent. D Manage"ent of child in orthodontic treat"ent. D Manage"ent of handicapped child. D Moti%ation and Psychological proble"s related to "alocclusion 4 orthodontics D !dolescent psychology D Beha%ioral psychology and co""unication D=. 1i"gnostic 3!oced$!es "nd t!e"t%ent 3l"nning in o!t6odontics D E"phasis on the process of data gathering, synthesis and translating it into a treat"ent plan

76

D Proble" cases B analysis of cases and its "anage"ent D !dult cases, handicapped and "entally retarded cases and their special proble"s D Criti0ue of treated cases. Cephalo"etrics D 'nstru"entation D '"age processing D 6racing and analysis of errors and applications D :adiation hygiene D !d%anced Cephalo"etrics techni0ues D Co"prehensi%e re%iew of literature D 9ideo i"aging principles and application. D=II. 5!"ctice %"n"ge%ent in ;!t6odontics D Econo"ics and dyna"ics of solo and group practices D Personal "anage"ent D Materials "anage"ent D Public relations D Professional relationship D Dental ethics and 3urisprudence D Office sterili&ation procedures D Co""unity based Orthodontics. D=III8 Clinic"l ;!t6odontics ?!ofunctional Ortho ontics: D Basic principles D Conte"porary appliances B their design and "anipulation D Case selection and e%aluation of the treat"ent results D :e%iew of the current literature. 7entofacial Ortho/e ics D Principles D Bio"echanics D !ppliance design and "anipulation D :e%iew of conte"porary literature Cleft li/ an /alate reha$ilitation: D Diagnosis and treat"ent planning D Mechanotherapy D Special growth proble"s of cleft cases D Speech physiology, pathology and ele"ents of therapy as applied to orthodontics D 6ea" rehabilitati%e procedures. Biolo#! of tooth 'o-e'ent: D Principles of tooth "o%e"entBre%iew D :e%iew of conte"porary literature D !pplied histophysiology of bone, periodontal liga"ent D Molecular and ultra cellular consideration in tooth &o3e&ent Ortho ontic 5 Ortho#nathic sur#er!: D OrthodontistC role in con3oint diagnosis and treat"ent planning D Pre and postBsurgical Orthodontics D Participation in actual clinical cases, progress e%aluation and post retension study

77

D :e%iew of current literature Ortho 5 6erio 5 6rostho inter relationshi/ D Principles of interdisciplinary patient treat"ent D Co""on proble"s and their "anage"ent Basic principles of Mechanotherapy "ncludes Removable appliances and fi$ed appliances D Design D Construction D Aabrication D Manage"ent
D :e%iew of current literature on treat"ent "ethods and results

A//lie /re-enti-e as/ects in Ortho ontics


D Caries and periodontal disease pre%ention D Oral hygiene "easures D Clinical procedures
"nterceptive Orthodontics

D Principles D 2rowth guidance D Diagnosis and treat"ent planning D 6herapy e"phasis on8
a. b. DentoBfacial proble"s 6ooth "aterial discrepancies

c. Minor surgery for Orthodontics Retention an rela/se


D Mechanotherapy B special reference to stability of results with %arious procedures D Post retention analysis D :e%iew of conte"porary literature

DID. Recent a -ances li4e8


D(se of i"plants D Lasers D !pplication of AE.M.

D Distraction Osteogenesis S4ills: II. 6re B Clinical E9ercises ! general outline of the type of exercises is gi%en here. E%ery institution can decide the details of exercises under each category. 1. 2eneral Eire bending exercises to de%elop the "anual dexterity. 2. Clasps, Bows and springs used in the re"o%able appliances. 3. Soldering and welding exercises. . Aabrication of re"o%able habit brea7ing, "echanical and functional appliances, also all types of space "aintainors and space regainers. !. Bonwill awley 'deal arch preparation. ". Construction of orthodontic "odels tri""ed and polished preferably as per specifications of 6weed or !.B.O. 7. Cephalo"etric tracing and %arious !nalyses, also superi"posrtion &ethods ) 8. Aixed appliance typhodont exercises.

78

a$ 6raining shall be i"parted in one basic techni0ue i.e. Standard Edgewise 4 Begg techni0ue or its deri%ati%e 4 Straight wire etc., with ade0uate exposure to other techni+ues. b$ "yphodont e&ercise

i. ;and making ii. ;racket positioning and placement iii. %ifferent stages in treatment appropriate to techni+ue taught -. Clinical photography )*. Computeri#ed imaging )). Preparation of surgical splints, and splints for "'H problems. )+. $andling of e+uipments like vacuum forming appliances and hydro solder etc
&irst >ear I. Basic 6re:Clinical E9ercise 3or4 for the ?7S Stu ents: Airst " 'onths 1. Non:a//liance e9ercises All the follo0in# e9ercises shoul $e one 0ith H.# or H.C&& wire SI. No. E9ercise
1 2

No. ) each ) ) ) ) ) )

Straightening of "O ( CO long S0uare :ectangle 6riangle of 2O side Circle of 2O side Bending of !DJs Bending of !BJs Clas/s V

wire

I . = @ > 2.
SI. No

E9ercise
Cl"s3s

No.
2

1
2 3

Aull clasps 6riangular Clasps !da"Cs clasp B upper "olar

+ + + + + + +

! " # C

!da"Cs Clasp B lower "olar !da"Cs Clasp B PreB"olar !da"Cs Clasp B 'ncisor Modification of !da"Cs B Eith elix

79

Modification of !da"Cs B Eith distal extension Modification of !da"Cs B Eith soldered tube Duy&ing Clasps on Molars Southend Clasp BO3S EDERCISE Short labial bow #upper & lower$ Long labial bow #upper & lower$ :obertCs retractor igh labial bowBwith apron springCs

+ + + )

1H

11 12

". LABIAL

SL NO
1

NO ) ) ) ) ) ) )

C E G
# C

MillCs labial bow :e%erse loop labial bow :etention labial bow soldered to !da"Cs clasp :etention labial bow extending distal to second "olar Aitted labial bow Split high labial bow

G 1H
%. S6RINGS

SL NO
1 2

EDERCISE Ainger springB"esial "o%e"ent Ainger springBdistal "o%e"ent Double cantile%er spring Alapper spring

NO + + + + + 2

C
! "

Coffin spring
6 spring

(. C&N+N4 :4-:&C-;:>
SL NO
1 2

EDERCISE
$ loo3 c"nine !et!"cto! #elic"l c"nine !et!"cto!

NO
25&+:> 25&+:>

80

3 4

5"l"t"l c"nine !et!"cto! >elf (s$33o!ting c"nine !et!"cto!

25&+:> 25&+:>

>elf (s$33o!ting c"nine !et!"cto!

25&+:>

". SL NO
1 2 3

A//liances EDERCISE
1awley=s retention appliance with anterior bite plane Dpper 1awley=s appliance with posterior bite plane Dpper e8pansion appliance with coffin spring Dpper e8pansion appliance with coffin spring

! " # C G 1H 11 12 13 1 1! 1" 1# 1C 1G 2H

Dpper e8pansion appliance with e8pansion screw 1abit brea7ing appliance with tongue crib +ral screen and double oral screen /ip bu&per Splint for<ru8is& *atalans appliance %cti3ator <ionator >ran7el)>. 2 appliance Twin bloc7 /ingual arch T-% Juad heli8 <iheli8 Dtility arches

Pendulu" appliance Sol erin# e9ercises E9ercise No.

+. SI.No.

81

1 2 3

Star *o&b *hrist&as tree .

1 1 1 1

Soldering buccaltube on &olar bands

6. Helding e<e!cises SI.No. E9ercise ) Pinching and welding of "olar, pre"olar, canine and 'ncisor bands + Eelding of buccal tubes and brac7ets on "olar bands and incisor bands -. I&pression of upper and lower arches in alginate 1..Study &odel preparation 11.Model analysis SI. No. EDERCISE 1 '"pression of upper and lower dental arches P:EP!:!6'O5 OA S6(DO MODEL B) !nd all the per"anent dentition + analyses to be done. P:EP!:!6'O5 OA S6(DO MODEL B +!nd all the per"anent dentition I analyses to be done. P:EP!:!6'O5 OA S6(DO MODEL B I!nd all the "ixed dentition . analyses to be done. )+. Ce36"lo%et!ics SI. No.
1 2 3

EDERCISE
/ateral cephalogra& to be traced in fi3e different colors and super i&posed to see the accuracy of tracing Steiner=s analysis Down=s analysis Tweed analysis

! " # C G 1H

.ic7ett=s analysis <urrstone analysis .a7osi=s analysis Mc 2a&ara analysis <jor7 analysis *oben=s analysis

82

11 12

1ar3old=s analysis Soft tissue analysis ) 1oldaway and <urstone

1".?"sics of Clinic"l 56otog!"36' incl$ding 1igit"l 56otog!"36'


148 7ig6t wi!e bending e<e!cises fo! t6e ?egg tec6niB$e

SI. No8
1

4<e!cise

Eire bending techni0ue on *.*)@C wire circle ?P? O"ega BonwillB awley diagra" Ma7ing a standard arch wire 'nter "axillary hoo7sB Boot leg and 'nter Maxillary type (pper and Lower arch wire Bending a double bac7 arch wire Bayonet bends #%ertical and hori&ontal offsets$ StageB'll arch wire 6or0uing auxiliary #upper$ :e%erse 6or0uing #lower$ (p righting spring 1. 6eeth setting in ClassBll di%ision ' "alocclusion with "axillary anterior

+ I . = @ > / )* ))

1(.-'36odont e<e!cises

proclination and

&andibular anterior crowding

2. Band pinching, welding brac7ets and buccal tubes to the bands 3. StageB' . StageBll !. Pre StageB' ". StageB'll CLINICAL 3ORB: Once the basic preBclinical wor7 is co"pleted the students can ta7e up clinical cases and E clinical training is for the two and half years. Each postgraduate student should start with a "ini"u" of =* cases of his#her
&ddition"ll'

he # s6e s6o$ld 6"ndle " %ini%$% of 20 t!"nsfe!!ed cases.

own.

6he type of cases can be as follows8 i. :e"o%able acti%e appliancesB=cases ii. ClassB' "alocclusion with Crowding iii. ClassB' "alocclusion with biB"axillary protrusion i%. ClassBll di%ision)1 %. ClassBll di%isionB+ %i. *lass)Ill 6+rthopedic' Surgical' +rthodontic cases$
3ii. Inter disciplinary cases

%iii.

:e"o%able functional appliance cases li7e acti%ator, Bionator, functional regulator, twin bloc7 and new de%elop"ents

83

ix. x. xi.
8ii.

Aixed functional appliances B erbst appliance, 3asper 3u"per etc B = cases DentoBfacial orthopedic appliances li7e head gears, rapid "axillary expansion niti expander etc., B = cases !ppliance for arch de%elop"ent such as "olar distali&ation B" = cases
>i8ed &echano therapy cases 6<egg' -,%' Tip edge' ,dgewise$ .etention procedures of abo3e treated cases.

Other wo!k to be done d$!ing F+:>- C4&: 1. >e%in"!s: One 2eminar per +ee? to be conducted in the department. A minimum of fi*e seminars should be
presented by each student each year

2. Aournal clu$: One 'ournal club per +ee? to re conducted in the department. A minimum of fi*e seminars
should be presented by each student each year

3. Protocol for dissertation to be sub"itted on or before the end of six "onths fro" the date of ad"ission. . Un er #ra uate classes; Around . B = classes should be handled by each post)graduate student !. &iel sur-e!: !o be conducted and submit the report ". Inter: e/art'ental 'eetin#s: should be held once in a month. #. Case iscussions C. &iel -isits: !o attend dental camps and to educate the masses G. Basic su$8ects classes 1H. +nte!n"l "ssess%ent o! -e!% 3"3e!
*econd Ce"!:

6he clinical cases ta7en up should be followed under the guidance. More case discussions and cases to be ta7en up. Other routine wor7 as follows. 1. Se"inars8 One Se"inar per wee7 to be conducted in the depart"ent. Each student should present a "ini"u" of fi%e se"inars each year. 2. Hournal club8 One Hournal club per wee7 to be conducted in the depart"ent. Each student should present a "ini"u" of fi%e se"inars each year. 1. Library assign"ent to be sub"itted on or before the end of six "onths. 3. (ndergraduate classes8 each postBgraduate student should handle !round 2. 'nterBdepart"ental "eetings8 Should be held once in a "onth 3. Case discussions . Aield %isits8 6o attend dental ca"ps and to educate the "asses. C. 'nternal assess"ent or ter" paper. G. Dissertation wor78 On getting the appro%al fro" the uni%ersity wor7 for the dissertation to be started. Thir >ear: 6he clinical cases ta7en up should be followed under the guidance. More cases discussions and cases to be ta7en up. Other routine wor7 as follows8 1. Se'inars: One Se"inar per wee7 to be conducted in the depart"ent. , student should present a "ini"u"
of fi%e se"inars each year. 2. Aournal Clu$: One Hournal club per wee7 to be conducted in the depart"ents "ini"u" of fi%e se"inars should be presented by each student each year
)! classes.

3. Un er #ra uate classes: each post B graduate student, should handle !round .B= classes. . Inter: e/art'ental 'eetin#s8 Should be held once in a "onth.

84

!. The co'/lete issertation shoul $e su$'itte si9 'onths $efore the final e9a'ination ". Case iscussions #. &iel -isits8 6o attend dental ca"ps and to educate the "asses. C. &inishin# an /resentin# the cases ta4en u/. G. 6re/aration of finishe cases an /resentin# the cases ;to $e /resente for the e9a'ination< 1.. ?oc4 e9a'ination
7issertation:

a. 6he protocol for dissertation should be sub"itted on or before the end of six "onths fro" the date of ad"ission as per calendar of e%ents to the :egistrar, :a3i% 2andhi (ni%ersity of ealth Sciences, <arnata7a, through proper channel. b. 6he co"pleted dissertation should be sub"itted @ "onths before the final exa"ination as per calendar of e%ents to the :egistrar #E%aluation$, :a3i% 2andhi (ni%ersity of ealth Sciences, <arnata7a, through proper channel. c. 6he dissertation should not be 3ust a repetition of a pre%iously underta7en study should try to explore so"e new aspects. d. !ppro%al of dissertation is essential before a candidate appears for the (ni%
exa"ination.

?onitorin# Learnin# 6ro#ress 't is essential to "onitor the learning progress of each candidate through continuous app and regular assess"ent. 't not only helps teachers to e%aluate students, but also students to e%aluate the"sel%es. 6he "onitoring be done by the staff of the depart"entK participation of students in %arious teaching 4 learning acti%ities. 't "ay be structured assess"ent be done using chec7lists that assess %arious aspects. Chec7lists are gi%en in Section '9. Sche"e of E&amination@ 6heory 8 3HH Mar7s Eritten exa"ination shall consist of four 0uestion papers each of three hours duration. 6otal "ar7s for each paper will be ,-. Paper I, II and III shall consist of two long +uestions carrying ./ marks each and - short essay
+uestions carrying , marks each. -aper IB will be)on ,ssay. Juestions on recent ad3ances &ay be as7ed in any or all the papers. Distribution of topics for each paper will be as follows: :

6a/er:I : 6a/er II:

%pplied <asic Sciences: %pplied anato&y' -hysiology' Dental Materials' ;enetics'-athology' -hysical %nthropology' %pplied .esearch &ethodology' <io)Statistics and %pplied -har&acology. +rthodontic history' *oncepts of occlusion and esthetics' *hild and %dult -sychology' ,tiology and classification of &alocclusion' Dentofacial %no&alies' Diagnostic procedures and treat&ent planning in +rthodontics' -ractice &anage&ent in +rthodontics

6a/erIII: 6a/er I= :

*linical +rthodontics ,ssay

G 6he topics assigned to the different papers are generally e%aluated under those sections. owe%er a strict di%ision of the sub3ect "ay not be possible and so"e o%erlapping of topics is ine%itable. Students should be prepared to answer o%erlapping topics. B. 6ractical 5 Clinical E9a'ination : 200 ."!ks Exercise 5o8 ) Aunctional Case : 50 ."!ks Selection of case for functional appliance and recording of construction bite. Aabrication and deli%ery of the appliance the next day. Exercise 5o8 + Multiband exercise 50 ."!ks ). ''' stage with auxiliary springs O: +. Bonding of SE! brac7ets and construction of suitable arch wire. Exercise 5o. I Display of records of the treated cases #"ini"u" of = cases$
! cases : 1! &ar7s P #! Mar7s

85

,8ercise 2o: long case discussions:2! Mar7s

5 o ) + I .

Exercise Aunctional appliance ''' stage "echanics4 Bonding an arch wire fabrication Display of case records #a "ini"u" of = cases to be presented with all the cases$ Long cases
233 Mar's

Mar7s allotted =* =* >= +=

!pproxi"ate ti"e ) hour ) hour ) hour I* "in ) hour + hours

C =i-a =oce :

i. =i-a:=oce e9a'ination: ,. 'ar4s !ll exa"iners will conduct %i%aB%oce con3ointly on candidateCs co"prehension, analytical approach expression, interpretation of data and co""unication s7ills. 't includes all co"ponents of course contents. 't includes presentation and discussion on dissertation also. ii. 6e
a#o#! E9ercise: 2. 'ar4s

! topic is gi%en to each candidate in the beginning of clinical exa"ination. e4she is as7ed t "a7e a presentation on the topic for /B)* "inutes.

86

ORAL 6AT)OLOG> AN7 ?ICROBIOLOG>


O$8ecti-es: D 6o train a post graduate dental surgeon so as to ensure higher co"petence in both general and special pathology dealing with the nature of oral diseases, their causes, processes and effects. D !n oral pathologist is e8pected to perfor& routine histopathological e3aluation of speci&ens relating to oral and perioral tissues' to carry out
routine diagnostic procedures including he&atological' cytological' &icrobiological' I&&unological and ultra structural in3estigations. 4 1e?she is e8pected to ha3e an understanding of current research &ethodology' collection and interpretation of data' ability to carry out research projects on clinical and or epide&iological aspects' a wor7ing 7nowledge on current databases' auto&ated data retrie3al syste&s' referencing and s7ill in writing scientific papers. 4 1e?she is e8pected to present scientific data pertaining to the field' in conferences both as poster and 3erbal presentations and ot ta7e part in group discussions.

Broa outline of theoretical1 clinical an /ractical courses. 1. Study of principles of routine and special techni0ues used for histopathology including principles of histoche"istry, '""unoche"istry, applied and theoretical bioche"ical basis of histoche"istry as related to oral pathology. 2. !d%anced histological and histopathological study of dental and oral tissues including e"bryonic considerations, clinical considerations, biology, histology, Pathology, prognosis and "anage"ent of oral oncology, Concepts of oral pre"alignancy 3. Study of special and applied pathology of oral tissues as well as relation of local pathologic and clinical findings to syste"ic conditions. . Oral "icrobiology and their relationship to %arious branches of dentistry. !. Oral "icrobiology affecting hard and soft tissues. Study of clinical changes and their significance to dental and oral diseases as related to oral pathology ". Aorensic odontology #. 'nter institutional postings such as cancer hospital, der"atology clinics, regional '9 detection centers, Csophisticated instru"entation centers for electron "icroscopy and other techni0ues. C. Maintenance of records of all postgraduates acti%ities. G. Library assign"ent. )*. Dni3ersity Dissertation.
%. Co$!se contents Fi!st 'e"!

1< Biostatistics an Research ?etho olo#!


4 <asic principles of biostatistics and study as applied to dentistry and research

87

D Collection4organi&ation of data?&easure&ent scales presentation of data analysis. D Measures of central tendency. D Measures of %ariability. D Sa"pling and planning of health sur%ey. D Probability, nor"al distribution and indicati%e statistics. D Esti"ating population %alues. D 6ests of significance #para"etric4nonBpara"etric 0ualitati%e "ethods.$ D !nalysis of %ariance D !ssociation, correlation and regression.
A//roach:

D Didactic lectures on biostatistics and discussion on research "ethodology by e"inent researchers. D 6wo B day P.2. orientation course including general approach P2 course, library and &ain
dissertation' journal club topic selection and presentation' se"inars, clinico)pathological &eets' teaching &ethodology and use of audio%isual aids.

2< A//lie !oss &n"to%' of )ea an Nec4 inclu in# )istolo#!: D 6e"poro"andibular3oint D 6rige"inal ner%e and facial ner%e D Muscles of "astication D 6ongue D Sali%ary glands D 5er%e supplyM blood supply, ly"phatic drainage and %enous drainage of Orodental tissues. D E"bryology BDe%elop"ent of face, palate, "andible, "axilla, tongue and applied aspects of the sa"e BDe*elopment of teeth and dental tissues and de*elopmental defects of oral and ma%illofacial region and
abnormalities of teeth >a%illary sinus 'a+ muscles and facial muscles

Genetics: 'ntroduction "odes of inheritance, chro"oso"al ano"alies of oral tissues and single genetic disorders. A//roach:
To be co3ered as didactic lectures. 4 -osting in depart&ent of anato&y for dissection of head' face

and neci

"< 56'siolog' (
4 Sali3a

ene!"l "nd o!"l)

D Pain D 'astication D "aste D %eglutition D *ound healing D itamins (Influence

on growth, development and structure of oral soft and hard tissues and paraoral tissues.) D Calcium metabolism. D "heories of minerali#ation.
88

"ooth eruption and shedding. $ormones. (Influence on growth, development and structure of oral soft and hard tissues and para oral tissues.) D ;lood and its constituents.
D D A//roach: 6o be co%ered as didactic lectures. %< Cell ?iolog': D CellBstructure and function #ultrastructural and "olecular aspects$, intercellular 3unctions, cell cycle and di%ision, cell cycle regulators, cell B cell and cell B extra cellular "atrix interactions. D Detailed "olecular aspects of D2%' .2%' and intracellular organelles,

transcription and translation and molecular biology techni+ues.


!pproach8

6o be co%ered as se"inars and didactic lecture. (< General )istolo#!: Light and electron "icroscopy considerations of Epithelial tissues and glands, bone, he"atopoietic syste", ly"phatic syste", "uscle, neural tissue, endocrinal syste" #thyroid, pituitary, parathyroid$ A//roach: D 6opics to be co%ered as didactic lectures. D Postings in the depart"ent of anato"y and histology for slide discussion D :ecord boo7 to be "aintained. *< ?ioc6e%ist!': DChe"istry of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins.

8Methods of identification and purification.


DMetabolis" of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. D<iological o8idation.
4Barious techni0ues ) cell fractionation and ultra filtration' centrifugation' &lectrophor >3ect!o36oto%et!'* "nd !"dio"cti2e tec6niB$es8

A//roach: D 6opics to be co%ered as didactic lectures. D Postings to the depart"ent of bioche"istry to fa"iliari&e with %arious techni;ues D :ecord boo7 to be "aintained. +< ene!"l 5"t6olog': D 'nfla""ation and che"ical "ediators, thro"bosis, e"bolis", necrosis, repair, degeneration, shoc7, he"orrhage pathogenic "echanis"s at "olecular le%el and blood dyscrasias, Carcinogenesis and 5eoplasia. A//roach: 6o be co%ered as se"inars and didactic lectures. ,< ene!"l .ic!obiolog': Definitions of %arious types of infections. D :outes of infection and spread D Sterili&ation, disinfection and antiseptics. D Bacterial genetics. D

89

Physiology and growth of "icroorganis"s.

!pproach8 D6o be co%ered as se"inars and didactic lectures. D:eco!d book to be %"int"ined8 D
E E E E E

H/ ?"sic +%%$nolog'

Basic principles of i""unity, antigen and antibody reactions. Cell "ediated i""unity and u"oral i""unity. '""unology of hypersensiti%ity. '""unological basis of the autoi""une pheno"ena. '""unodeficiency with rele%ance to opportunistic infections. Basic principles of transplantation and tu"or i""unity.

A//roach: 6o be co%ered as didactic lectures. 1.< >'ste%ic %ic!obiolog'I"33lied %ic!obiolog' Morphology, classification, pathogenicity, "ode of trans"ission, "ethods of pre collection and transport of speci"en, for laboratory diagnosis, staining "ethods, co"i c$lt$!e %edi"*
inte!3!et"tion of l"bo!"to!' !e3o!ts "nd "ntibiotic sensiti2it' tests8 E >t"36'lococci E >t!e3tococci E Co!'neb"cte!i$% di36t6e!i"

D Mycobacteria D *lostridia' bacteroides and fusobacteria 4 %ctino&ycetales


4 Spirochetes

=irolo#!: General 3!o3e!ties; structure' broad classification of 3iruses' pathogenesis' pathology of 3iral infections. )er/es -irus: list of 3iruses included' lesions produced' pathogenesis' latency principles and laboratory diagnosis. )e/atitis -irus: list of 3iruses' pathogenesis' and &ode of infection' list of diagnostic tests' and their interpretations'
&ethods of pre3ention and control.

)u'an +%%$nodeficienc' 2i!$s: structure with rele3ance to laboratory diagnosis' type of infection' laboratory tests
and their interpretation' uni3ersal precautions' specific precautions and recent trends in diagnosis and prophyla8is.

?!colo#!: D 2eneral properties of fungi, classification bases on disease, superficial, subcutaneous, deep opportunistic infections. D 2eneral principles of fungal infections, diagnosis rapid diagnosis "ethod of collection of sa"ple and exa"ination for fungi. A//roach: D 6o be co%ered as se"inars and didactic lectures D Postings to the dept. of "icrobiology to fa"iliari&e with rele%ant diagnostic "ethods D :ecord boo7 to be "aintained 11< Oral ?iolog' (o!"l "nd dent"l 6istolog')

90

D Structure and function of oral, dental and paraoral tissues including their ultra structure, "olecular and bioche"ical aspects. D Study of "orphology of per"anent and deciduous teeth #Lectures and practical de"onstrations to be gi%en by P2 students$ A//roach: D 6o be co%ered as se"inars and didactic lectures. D Slide discussion on histological appearance of nor"al oral tissues. D :ecord boo7 to be "aintained. 12< ?"sic %olec$l"! biolog' "nd tec6niB$es: experi"ental aspects B D5! extraction, -*.' western blotting. A//roach: D To be co3ered as didactic lectures D -ostings in centers where facilities are a3ailable for de&onstration of routine &olecular biology techni0ues. D .ecord boo7 to be &aintained. 1"< ?"sic 6isto tec6niB$es "nd %ic!osco3': D :outine he"atological tests and clinical significance of the sa&e. D Biopsy procedures for oral lesions. D Processing of tissues for Paraffin lesions. D Microto"e and principles of "icroto"y. D :outine stains, principles and theories of staining techni0ues D Microscope, principles and theories of "icroscopy. D Light "icroscopy and %arious other types including electron &icroscopy. D Methods of tissue preparation for ground sections, decalcified sections. A//roach: D 6opics to be co%ered as se"inars. D Preparation of ground and decalcified sections, tissue processing, sectioning and staining. D :ecord boo7 to be "aintained Aca e'ic acti-ities: D Sub"ission of synopsis of dissertation at the end of six "onths. D 9ournal clubs and se&inars to be presented by e3ery post graduate student
twice a &onth. 4 To attend interdepart&ental &eetings. 4 To attend dental ca&ps based on the sur3ey to be done. 4 -art )1 year ending e8a&ination to be conducted by the college.

SECON7 >EAR Oral /atholo#! D De%elop"ental defects of oral and "axillofacial region and abnor"alities of teeth
Dental caries 6Introduction' ,pide&iology' &icrobiology' cariogenic bacterial including properties' acid production in pla0ue' de3elop&ent of lesion' response of dentine ) pulp unit' histopathology' root caries' se0uelae and i&&unology$.

D Pulpal and Periapical diseases D 'nfections of oral and Para oral regions #bacterial, %iral and fungal tnfection D 2on ) neoplastic disorders of sali3ary glands D Bone pathology
4 1e&atological disorders

91

4 -hysical and che&ical injuries' allergic and I&&unological diseases. 4 *ysts of odontogenic origin

D Der&atologic diseases. D -eriodontal diseases D +ral &anifestations of syste&ic diseases


4 >acial pain and neuro&uscular disorders including TM9 disorders 4 .egressi3e alterations of teeth

Clinical 6atholo#!: D Laboratory in%estigations B e"atology, Microbiology and (rine analysis D Postings to Clinical Pathology fop rele3ant training
4 .ecord boo7 to be &aintained.

S/ecialiGe histotechniCues an s/ecial stains:


Special staining techni0ues for different tissues. I&&unohistoche&istry -reparation of froAen sections and cy to logical s&ears

A//roach: 6raining to be i"parted in the depart"ent or in other institutions ha%ing the facility :ecord boo7 to be "aintained Recor in# of Case histor! an Clinico:/atholo#ical iscussions: A//roach Posting to the depart"ent of Oral "edicine, Diagnosis and :adiology and Oral and Maxillofacial surgery :ecord of case histories to be "aintained Der"atology Study of selected "ucocutaneous lesionsBetiopathogenesis, pathology, clinical presentation and diagnosis. A//roach D Posting to the dept of Der"atology of a Medical college D Topics to be co3ered as Se&inars
4 .ecord of cases seen to be &aintained.

Oral oncolo#! Detailed study including Pathogenesis, "olecular and bioche"ical changes of tu&or li7e lesions and -re&alignant
lesions affecting the hard and soft tissues of oral and paraoral tissues

6u"our "ar7ers A//roach 6o be co%ered as se"inars Posting to a Cancer center to fa"iliarise with the pathological appearances, diagnosis, radioBdiagnosis and treat"ent "odalities. Oral .ic!obiolog' "nd i%%$nolog' D 5or"al Oral "icrobial flora D Defense "echanis" of the oral ca%ity D Microbiology and i""unology of Dental caries and Periodontal diseases D Dental caries #'ntroduction, epide"iology, "icrobiology, cariogenic bacteria including properties, acid production in pla0ue, de%elop"ent of lesion, response of dentinBpulp unit, histopathology, root caries, se0uelae and i""unology$ D 6u"or i""unology D 'nfections of Pulp and Periapical and periodontal tissues D Oral sepsis and Bacteri"ia

92

D Microbial genetics D 'nfections of oral and Para oral regions #bacterial, %iral and fungal infections$
&33!o"c6 -o be co2e!ed "s se%in"!s Fo!ensic ;dontolog':

Legal procedures li7e in0uest, "edicoBlegal e%idences post "orte" exa"ination of %iolence around "outh and nec7, identification of deceased indi%idualBdental i"portance. Bite "ar7s rugae patterns and lip prints. A//roach 6o be co%ered as se"inars Posting to a Cancer center to fa"iliari&e with the pathological appearances, diagnosis, and
radio)diagnosis and treat&ent &odalities

)isto/atholo#! : sli e iscussion :ecord boo7 to be &aintained La$orator! techniCues an 7ia#nosis D :outine he"atological tests and clinical significance of the sa&e D Microto"e and principles of "icroto"y D :outine stains, principles and theories of staining techni0ues D Microscope, principles and theories of "icroscopy D Light "icroscopy and %arious other types including electron "icroscopy D Methods of tissue preparation for ground sections, decalcified sections. D Special sfains and staining techni0ues for different tissues
8 +%%$no6istoc6e%ist!'

D -reparation of froAen sections and cytological s&ears Other To/ics in ;!"l 5"t6olog'8 Q Detailed description of diseases affecting oral "ucosa, teeth, supporting tissues & 3aws Q Cysts of the oral & ParaBoral regions Q Syste"ic diseases affecting oral ca%ity. A//roach: Se&inars ( Slide discussions. .ecord noteboo7 to be &aintained. Training in histo)pathology slide reporting. E9/eri'ental as/ects of Oral iseases A//roach: -osting is desirable in *enters where ani&al e8peri&entation is carried out to fa&iliariAe with laboratory
techni0ue=s' up7eep ( care of e8peri&ental ani&als.

Recent "d2"nces in ;!"l 5"t6olog'8 A//roach; Dpdate of 7nowledge in +ral -athology through study of recent journals ( Internet browsing. 9ournal *lubs (
;roup discussions

Aca e'ic acti-ities D Library assign"ent to be sub"itted at the end of @ &onths 4 *o&&ence&ent of dissertation wor7
4 9ournal clubs and se&inars to be presented by e3ery -; student 4 *linico ) pathological discussions once in a &onth by e3ery -; student 4 To attend interdepart&ental &eetings. 4 /ecture and practical classes and slide discussions to be ta7en for II <DS

students in oral and dental anato"y, dental histology and oral physiology. D Oear ending exa"ination #theory and practical$ to be conducted by the college. IIIR7 >EAR

93

D >on(neo3l"stic diso!de!s of s"li2"!' gl"nds8 D ;one 3"t6olog' D -hysical and che&ical injuries' allergic and I&&unological diseases. D *ysts of odontogenic origin D Oral "anifestations of syste"ic diseases A//roach 6o be co%ered as se"inars Slide discussions of the sa"e :ecord boo7 to be "aintained

)cademic activities

D 9isit to center out !ni"al experi"entation to fa"iliari&e with Laboratory techni0ues, up7eep and care of ani"als D Co"pletion of Dissertation wor7 and sub"ission of the sa"e, six "onths before the Ainal Exa"ination D Study of Hournals, 'nternet Browsing, and group discussions, to update 7nowledge in the recent ad%ances in Oral Pathology D Lecture and Practical de"onstrations for third B.D.S students in Oral pathology and Microbiology D :eporting of histopathology slides D Hournal clubs and Se"inars to be presented by e%ery post graduate student twice a "onth D ClinicoBpathological discussions by e%ery student once in a "onth D 6o attend 'nterdepart"ental "eetings. ?onitorin# learnin# 6ro#ress 't is essential to "onitor the learning progress of each candidate through continuous appraisal and regular assess"ent. 't not only helps teachers to e%aluate students, but also students to e%aluate the"sel%es. 6he "onitoring be done by the staff of the depart"ent based on participation of students in %arious teaching 4 learning acti%ities. 't "ay be structured

and assessment is done using chec'lists that assess various aspects. !hec'lists are given in *ection

I=. Sche'e of E9a'ination Theor! : ".. ?ar4s Eritten exa"ination shall consist of four 0uestion papers each of three hours duration. 6otal "ar7s for each paper will be ,-. Paper I, II and III shall consist of two long +uestions carrying ./ marks each and - short essay
+uestions carrying , marks each. -aper IB will be on ,ssay. Juestions on recent ad3ances &ay be as7ed in any or all the papers. Distribution of topics for each paper will be as follows ::

6A6ER:I : Applied &asic 2ciences; Applied anatomy, Physiology 70eneral and oral., /ell &iology, 0eneral
Fistology, &iochemistry, 0eneral Pathology, 0eneral and systemic >icrobiology, 3irology, >ycology, &asic "mmunology, Oral &iology 7oral and dental histology., &iostatistics and esearch >ethodology 6A6ER:II: +ral pathology' +ral Microbiology ( I&&unology and >orensic +dontology 6A6ER:III8 /aboratory techni0ues and Diagnosis and +ncology 6A6ER:I=: ,ssay

G 6he topics assigned to the different papers are generally e%aluated under those sections. $owever a
strict division of the subject may not be possible and some overlapping of topics is inevitable. !tudents should be prepared to answer overlapping topics.

B. 6ractical5Clinical : 2.. ."!ks ). Case Presentation a) Long case B +* &ar7s b) Short case K 1H &ar7s +. Clinical e"atology #any two in%estigations$ B +* Mar7s
1bR' bleeding ti&e' clotting ti&e' Total F<* count' Differential F<* count and ,S.

4. S"ear Presentation B 2H &ar7s 2. Cytology or "icrobial s"ear and staining -. Paraffin sectioning and
& E Staining B 3H Mar7s

94

F.

istopathology slide discussion

) 1HH Mar7s

C. =i-a =oce 1.. ."!ks i. =i-a:=oce e9a'ination: ,. 'ar4s !ll exa"iners will conduct %i%aB%oce con3ointly on candidate=s co&prehension' analytical approach' e8pression'
interpretation of data and co&&unication s7ills. It includes rill co&ponents of course contents. It includes presentation and discussion on dissertation also.

ii. 6e a#o#! E9ercise: 2. 'ar4s ! topic is gi%en to each candidate in the beginning of clinical exa"ination. e4she is as7ed to "a7e a presentation on the topic for /B)* "inutes

6UBLIC )EALT) 7ENTISTC


O$8ecti-es At the en of 3 years of training the candidate should be able to4 Bno0le #e D apply basic sciences 7nowledge regarding etiology, diagnosis and "anage"ent of the pre%ention, pro"otion and treat"ent of all the oral conditions at the indi%idual and co""unity le%el. D 'dentify social, econo"ic, en%iron"ental and e"otional deter"inants in a gi%en indi%idual patient or a co""unity for the purpose of planning and execution of Co""unity Oral ealth Progra". D !bility to conduct Oral ealth Sur%eys in order to identify all the oral health proble"s

95

affecting the co""unity and find solutions using "ulti B disciplinary approach. D !bility to act as a consultant in co""unity Oral ealth, teach, guide and ta7e part in research #both basic and clinical$, present and publish the outco"e at %arious scientific conferences and 3ournals, both national and international le%el. S4ills 6he candidate should be able to 1. 6a7e history, conduct clinical exa"ination including all diagnostic procedures to arri%e at diagnosis at the indi%idual le%el and conduct sur%ey of the co""unity at state and national le%el of all conditions related to oral health to arri%e at co""unity diagnosis.Plan and perfor" all necessary treat"ent, pre%ention and pro"otion of Oral eal at the indi%idual and co""unity le%el. 2. Plan appropriate Co""unity Oral ealth Progra", conduct the progra" and e%aluate, at the co""unity le%el. 3. !bility to "a7e use of 7nowledge of epide"iology to identify causes and appropriate pre%enti%e and control "easures. 1. De%elop appropriate person power at %arious le%els and their effecti%e utili&ation. 2. Conduct sur%ey and use appropriate "ethods to i"part Oral ealth Education. 4. De%elop ways of helping the co""unity towards easy pay"ent plan, and followed by e%aluation for their oral health care needs. 5. De%elop the planning, i"ple"entation, e%aluation and ad"inistrati%e s7ills to cany out successful co""unity Oral ealth Progra"s. =alues: 1. !dopt ethical principles in all aspects of Co""unity Oral ealth !cti%ities. 2. 6o apply ethical and "oral standards while carrying out epide"iological researches. 3. De%elop co""unication s7ills, in particular to explain the causes and pre%ention of oral diseases to the patient. . Be hu"ble and accept the li"itations in his 7nowledge and s7ill and to as7 for help fro" colleagues when needed and pro"ote tea"wor7 approach. !. :espect patientCs rights and pri%ileges including patients right to infor"ation and right to see7 a second opinion. Course Contents: 6a/er I: A//lie Basic Sciences I. A//lie Anato'! an )istolo#! A. A//lie Anato'! in relation to: S De%elop"ent of face S Bronchial arches S Muscles of facial expression S Muscles of "astication S 6MH S Sali%ary gland S 6ongue S Sali%ary gland S 6ongue S ard and soft palate S 'nfrate"poral fossa S Paranasal air sinuses

96

S Pharynx and larynx S Cranial and spinal ner%esB with e"phasis on trige"inal, facial, glossopharyngeal and hypoglossal ner%e S S S S Osteology of "axilla and "andible Blood supply, %enous and ly"phatic drainage of head and nec7 Ly"ph nodes of head and nec7 Structure and relations of al%eolar process and edentulous "outh

S 2eneticsBfunda"entals B. Oral )istolo#! S De%elop"ent of dentition, 'nner%ations of dentin and pulp S Periodontiu"Bde%elop"ent, histology, blood supply, ner%e supply and ly"phatic drainage S Oral "ucous "e"brane S PulpBperiodontal co"plex II. &33lied 56'siolog' "nd ?ioc6e%ist!': K !ell K Mastication and deglutition K Aood and nutrition K Metabolis" of carbohydrates, proteins and fats K 9ita"ins and "inerals K Aluid and electrolyte balance K Pain pathway and "echanis"Btypes, properties K Blood co"position and functions, clotting "echanis& and erythropoiesis' <lood
groups and transfusions' -ulse and blood pressure'

K K K K

Dyna"ics of blood flow Cardio%ascular ho"eostasisBheart sounds :espiratory syste"8 5or"al physiology and %ariations in health and diseases,

!sphyxia and artificial respiration Endocrinology8 thyroid, parathyroid, adrenals, pituitary, sex hor"ones and

pregnancy, Endocrine regulation of blood sugar.

III. &8 &33lied 5"t6olog': S Pathogenic "echanis" of "olecular le%el S Cellular changes following in3ury S 'nfla""ation and che&ical &ediators S +ede&a' thro&bosis and e&bolis& S 1e&orrhage and shoc7 S 2eoplasia and &etastasis S <lood disorders S
1istopathology and pathogenesis of dental caries' periodontal disease' oral &ucosal lesions' and &alignancies' 1IB

S Propagation of dental infection

97

B. ?icro$iolo#! T Microbial flora of oral ca3ity T <acteriology of dental caries and periodontal disease T Methods of steriliAation T Birology of 1IB' herpes' hepatitis T -arasitology T <asic i&&unology ) basic concepts of i&&une syste& in hu&an body
*ellular and hu&oral i&&unity %ntigen and antibody syste& 1ypersensiti3ity and %utoi&&une diseases

C. Oral Pat"ology U Detailed description of diseases affecting the oral &ucosa' teeth' supporting tissues and jaws. I . 6h!sical an Social Anthro/olo#! T 'ntroduction and definition T %ppreciation of the biological basis of health and disease T .
,3olution of hu&an race' 3arious studies of different races by anthropological &ethods

A//lie 6har'acolo#!: T Definition, scope and relations to other branches of "edicine, "ode of action, bioassay, standardi&ation, phar"acodyana"ics, phar"co7inetics. T Che"otherapy of bacterial infections and %iral infections B sulphona"ides and antibiotics. T Local anesthesia T !nalgesics and antiBinfla""atory drugs T ypnotics, tran0uili&ers and antipyretics T '"portant hor"onesB!C6 , cortisone' insulin and oral antidiabetics. T Drug addiction and tolerance T I&portant phar&acological agents in connection with autono&ic ner3ous syste&)adrenaline' noradrenaline' atropine T <rief &ention of antihypertensi3e drugs T ,&ergency drugs in dental practice T Bita&ins and hae&opoietic drugs I. :ese"!c6 .et6odolog' "nd ?iost"tistics: )ealth infor'atics: basic understanding of co&puters and its co&ponents' operating software 6Findows$' Microsoft office' preparation of
teaching &aterials li7e slides' project' &ulti&edia 7nowledge.

Research 'etho olo#!) definitions' types of research' designing written protocol for research' objecti3ity in &ethodology' 0uantification'
records and analysis. <iostatistics)introduction' applications' uses and li&itations of bio ) statistics in -ublic 1ealth dentistry' collection of data' presentation of data' &easures of central tendency' &easures of dispersion' &ethods of su&&ariAing' para&etric and non para&etric tests of significance' correlation and regression' &ulti3ariate analysis' sa&pling and sa&pling techni0ues ) types' errors' bias' trial and calibration

CO?6UTERS)<asic operati3e s7ills in analysis of data and 7nowledge of &ulti&edia. 6a/er II ( 5$blic #e"lt6 1.5$blic #ealt" T Definition, concepts and philosophy of dental health T istory of public health in 'ndia and at international le%el T 6er"inologies used in public health +8 #e"lt6 T Definition, concepts and philosophy of health

98

T ealth indicators T Co""unity and its characteristics and relation to health ".1ise"se U Definition, concepts8 Multifactorial causation, natural history, ris7 factors Disease control and eradication, e%aluation and causation, infection of specific diseases 9accines and i""uni&ation %. General E$ide!iology T Definition and ai"s, general principles T Multifactorial causation, natural history, ris7 factors T Methods in epide"iology, descripti%e, analytical, experi"ental and classic e3ide%iolog' of
s3ecific dise"ses* $ses of e3ide%iolog'

T Duties of epide"iologist T 2eneral idea of "ethod of in%estigating chronic diseases, "ostly non)infectious nature' epide&ic'
ende&ic' and pande&ic.

T Ethical con%ersation in any study re0uire"ent T 5ew 7nowledge regarding ethical sub3ects T Screening of diseases and standard procedures used (. En-iron'ental )ealth: T '"pact of i"portant co"ponents of the en%iron"ent of health T Principles and "ethods of identification, e%aluation and control of such health ha&ards T Pollution of air, water, soil, noise, food T Eater purification, international standards of water T Do"estic and industrial toxins, ioni&ing radiation T Occupational ha&ards T Easter disposalB %arious "ethods and sanitation *. 6u$lic +ealth &ducation4 U Definition, ai"s, principles of health education U ealth education, "ethods, "odels, contents, planning health education progra"s 7. 6u$lic )ealth 6ractice an A 'inistration S!ste' In In ia 8. Ethics An @urisprudence T Basic principles of law T Contract lawsB dentist B patient relationships & Legal for"s of practice T Dental "alpractice T Person identification through dentistry T Legal protection for practicing dentist. T Consu"er protection act 2.Nutrition In Pu%li& #ealt"' U >t$d' of science of nutrition and its application to hu&an proble& e 2utritional sur3eys and their
e3aluations

e Influence of nutrition and diet on general health and oral health' dental caries' periodontal disease and oral
cancers T Dietary constituents and cariogenecity e ;uidelines for nutrition

99

lO. (e"a)ioral *&ien&es' Definition and introduction Sociology8 social class, social group, fa"ily types, co""unities and social relationships, culture, its effect on oral health. Psychology8 definition, de%elop"ent of child psychology, anxiety, fear and phobia, intelligence, learning, "oti%ation, personalities, fear, dentistBpatient relationship, "odeling and experience 11 #os$ital Ad!inistration' Depart"ental "aintenance, organi&ational structures 6ypes of practices Bio"edical waste "anage"ent 11. )ealth Care 7eli-er! S!ste': 'nternational oral health care deli%ery syste"s B :e%iew Central and state syste" in general and oral health care deli%ery syste" if any 5ational and health policy 5ational health progra""e Pri"ary health care B concepts, oral health in P C and its i"plications 5ational and international health organi&ations Dentists !ct =G<9, Dental council of India' ,thics' Indian Dental %ssociation :ole of E. .O. and 9oluntary organi&ations in ealth Care for the /ommunity 1". Oral <iology &nd enetics: S ! det"iled st$d' of cell st!$ct$!e S 'ntroduction to 2enetics, 2ene structure, D5!, :5! S 2enetic counseling, gene typing S 2enetic approaches in the study of oral disorders S 2enetic Engineering B !nswer to current health proble"s 6a/er III: 7ental 6u$lic )ealth 1. 7ental 6u$lic )ealth: S istory S Definition and concepts of dental public health S Differences between clinical and co""unity dentistry S Critical re%iew of current practice S Dental proble"s of specific population groups such as chronically ill, handicapped and institutionali&ed group 2. E/i e'iolo#! of Oral 7iseases an Con itions U 1ent"l c"!ies* gingi2"l* 3e!iodont"l dise"se %"loccl$sion* dent"l Fl$o!osis* o!"l
c"nce!* TM9 disorders and other oral health related proble&s.

3. S S S S S

Oral Sur-e! 6roce ures: Planning '"ple"entation E O basic oral health "ethods )-->
Indices for dental diseases and conditions

E%aluation

+, Deli)ery of Dental Care

100

S Dental person power B dental auxiliaries S Dentist B population ratios, S Public dental care progra"s S School dental health progra"sB 'ncre%ent"l "nd co%3!e6ensi2e c"!e S Pri%ate practice and group practice S Oral health policy B 5ational and international policy (.6a!'ent for 7ental care T Prepay"ent T PostBpay"ent T :ei"burse"ent plans T 9oluntary agencies T ealth insurance ". E-aluation of Hualit! of 7ental care Proble"s in public and pri%ate oral health care syste" progra" E%aluation of 0uality of ser%ices, go%ern"ental control #. Pre%enti%e Dentistry S Le%els of pre%ention S Pre%enti%e oral health progra"s screening, health education and "oti%ation S Pre%ention of all dental diseasesBdental caries, periodontal diseases, oral cancer, "alocclusion and Dentofacial ano"alies T :ole of dentist in pre%ention of oral diseases at indi%idual and co""unity le%el. T Aluoride B istory BMechanis" of action BMetabolis" BAluoride toxicity BAluorosis BSyste"ic and topical preparations B!d%antages and disad%antages of each B(pdate regarding Aluorosis BEpide"iological studies BMethods of fluoride supple"ents BDefluoridation techni0ues U Pla;ue control measures1 B ealth Education BPersonal oral hygiene B6ooth brushing techni0ue BDentifrices, "outh rinses T Pit and fissure sealant, !:6 T Pre%enti%e oral health care for "edically co"pro"ised indi%idual T (pdate on recent pre%enti%e "odalities T Caries vaccines T Dietary counseling

101

,. Practice Management T Definition T Principles of "anage"ent of dental practice and types T Organi&ation and ad"inistration of dental practice T Ethical and legal issues in dental practice U Current trends Structure Trainin# Sche ule &irst >ear Se'inars U = se&inars in basic sciences sub(ect, 6o conduct )* journal clubs /ibrary assign&ent on assigned topics ) . Sub"ission of synopsis for dissertationBwithin F &onths Periodic re%iew of dissertation at two "onthly inter%als Clinical Trainin# 1. Clinical assess"ent of patient 2. Learning different criteria and instru"ents used in %arious oral indices B = cases each T Oral ygiene 'ndex B 2reene and 9er"illion T Oral ygiene 'ndex B Si"plified T DMA B DMA #6$, DMA #S$ T Def T Aluorosis 'ndices B DeanCs Aluorosis 'ndex, 6ooth Surface 'ndex for Aluorosis, 6hWR
and >ejers7o3 Inde8 *o&&unity -eriodontal Inde8 6*-I$ -la0ue Inde8)Silness and /oe F1+ +ral 1ealth %ssess&ent >or& ))GG#

Carrying out treat"ent #under co"prehensi%e oral health care$ of 1 / patients ) &aintaining

co&plete records.

&iel 6ro#ra''e: ). *arrying out pre3enti3e progra&s and health education for school children of the adopted school. +.
School based pre3enti3e progra&s) T Topical >luoride application)Sodiu& >luoride' Stannous >luoride' %c7F: -hosphate >luoride preparations and >luoride 3arnishes' >luoride "outh

rinses T Pit and >issure Sealant ) che&ically cured 6;I*$' light cured T Mini&al In3asi3e Treat&ent)-re3enti3e .esin .estorations 6-..$' %trau&atic .estorati3e Treat&ent 6%.T$ T
+rganiAing and carrying out dental ca&ps in both urban and rural areas.

3. 9isit to slu", water treat"ent plant, sewage treat"ent plant, and Mil7 dairy, Public ealth 'nstitute, !ntiB6obacco Cell, Pri"ary ealth Center and sub"itting reports. . 'n additions the postgraduate shall assist and guide the under graduate students in their clinical and field progra"s. Secon >ear Se'inars Se"inars in Public ealth and Dental Public ealth topics

102

Conducting journal clubs Short ter" research pro3ect on assigned topics B . Periodic re%iew of dissertation at "onthly re%iews Clinical Trainin#:Continuation of t6e clinical training 1. Clinical assess"ent of patient 2. Learning different criteria and instru"ents used in %arious oral indices e +ral 1ygiene Inde8 ) ;reene and
Ber&illion

Oral ygiene 'ndex U Si&plified DMA B DMA #6$, DMA #S$ Def t4s Aluorosis 'ndices B DeanCs Aluorosis 'ndex, 6ooth Surface 'ndex for Aluorosis, 6hylstrup and Ae3ers7o% 'ndex Co""unity Periodontal 'ndex #CP'$ Pla0ue 'ndexBSilness and Loe E O Oral ealth !ssess"ent Aor" B1GC# Carrying out treat"ent #under co"prehensi%e oral health care$ of 1H patients ) &aintaining co&plete records &iel 6ro#ra' : Continuation of fiel /ro#ra' 1. Carrying out school dental health education 2. School based pre%enti%e progra"sB 6opical Aluoride applicationBSodiu" Aluoride, Stannous Aluoride, !cidulated Phosphate Aluoride preparations and Aluoride %arnishes, Aluoride "outh rinses Pit and Aissure Sealant B che"ically cured #2'C$M light cured Mini"al 'n%asi%e 6reat"entBPre%enti%e :esin :estorations #P::$, !trau"atic :estorati%e 6reat"ent #!:6$ Organi&ing and carrying out dental ca"ps in both urban and rural areas. !. !ssessing oral health status of %arious target groups li7e School children, Expectant "others andicapped, (nderpri%ileged, and geriatric populations. Plan dental "anpower and financing dental health care for the abo%e group. @. !pplication of the following pre%enti%e "easures in clinicB)* Cases each.

Topical 5luoride application 1 *odium 5luoride *tannous 5luoride )cidula> Phosphate 5luoride preparations and 5luoride varnishes. I Pit and 5issure *ealant J. Planning total health care for school children in an adopted school4
U a$ Periodic sur%eying of school children b$ 'ncre"ental dental care c$ Co"prehensi%e dental care /. Organi&ing and conducting co""unity oral health sur%eys for all oral conditionB

C surveys H. "n addition the postgraduate shall assist and guide the under graduatestuc
103

in their clinical and field programs 23. To ta'e lecture classes ,2/ for 7ndergraduate students in order to learn teaching met ,pedagogy/ on assigned topic.
Thir >ear: Se'inars T Se"inars on recent ad%ances in Pre%enti%e Dentistry and Dental Public ealth T !ritical evaluation of scientific articles 123 articles T !ompletion and submission of dissertation

!linical Training

1. Clinical assess"ent of patient 2. Learning different criteria and instru"ents used in %arious oral indices B = each T Oral ygiene 'ndex B 2reene and 9er"illion T Oral ygiene 'ndex K *implified T DMA B DMA #6$, DMA #S$ T Def t4s T Aluorosis 'ndices B DeanCs Aluorosis 'ndex, 6ooth Surface 'ndex for Aluort6 6hylstrup and Ae3ers7o% 'ndex T Co""unity Periodontal 'ndex #CP'$ T Pla0ue 'ndexBSilness and Loe T E O Oral ealth !ssess"ent Aor" B)-/> T Carrying out treat"ent #under co"prehensi%e oral health care$ of )* patients

maintaining complete records I. !arrying out school dental health education .. *chool based preventive programs1 T Topical 5luoride application 1 *odium 5luoride *tannous 5luoride )cidulated Phosphate 5luoride preparations and 5luoride varnishes. T Pit and 5issure *ealant T Minimal "nvasive Techni;ues 1 Preventive Resin Restorations ,PRR/ )traumatic Restorative Treatment ,)RT/ !. 6o ta'e lecture classes ,2/ for 7ndergraduate students in order to learn teaching methods ,pedagogy/ on assigned topic ". &$ercise on solving community health problems 123 problems #. )pplication of the following preventive measures in clinic 123 cases each.
T 6opical Aluoride application B Sodiu" Aluoride, Stannous Aluoride, !cidulated Phosphate Aluoride preparations T Pit and Aissure sealants C. Dental B health education training of school teachers, social wor7ers, health wor7ers, G. Posting at dental satellite centers4 nodal centers

104

1H. 'n addition the post graduate shall assist and guide the under graduate students in their clinical and field progra"s Before co"pleting the third year M.D.S., a student "ust ha%e attended two national conferences. !tte"pts should be "ade to present two scientific papers, publication of a scientific article in a 3ournal. ?onitorin# Learnin# 6rocess: 't is essential to "onitor the learning progress of each candidate through continuous appraisal and regular assess"ent. 't not only helps teachers to e%aluate students, but also students to e%aluate the"sel%es. 6he "onitoring be done by the staff of the depart"ent based on participation of students in %arious teaching 4 learning acti%ities. 't "ay be structured and assess"ent be done using chec7lists that assess %arious aspects. Chec7lists are gi%en in Section '9. Sche'e of E9a'ination A. Theory C33 Mar's> Paper '9 will be on Essay. 1uestions on recent ad%ances "ay be as7ed in any or all the papers. Distribution of topics for each paper will be as follows8 G 6A6ER:I 8 !pplied Basic Sciences8 !pplied !nato"y and istology, !pplied Physiology and Bioche"istry,
!pplied Pathology, Microbiology, Oral Pathology, Physical and Social !nthropology, !pplied Phar"acology and :esearch Methodology and statistics. 6A6ER II: Public ealth 6A6ER:III: Dental Public ealth 6A6ER:I=: Essay 6opics of current interest in co""unity oral healthQ

G 6he topics assigned to the different papers are generally e%aluated under those sections. owe%er a strict di%ision of the sub3ect "ay not be possible and so"e o%erlapping of topics is ine%itable. Students should be prepared to answer o%erlapping topics. B.6ractical 5 Clinical E9a'ination : 2.. ?ar4s 1. Clinical exa"ination of at least 2 patients representing the community7

includss history' &ain co&plaints' e8a&ination and recording of the findings' indices for the assess&ent of oral health and presentation of the including diagnosis' co&prehensi3e treat&ent planning. R 1rs$

'arks 71
a.

observation

using

(-/

2. 6erfor'in# One of the treat"ent procedures as per treat"ent plan. (8estorative,

surgical,
rehabilitation$ b. Pre%enti%e oral health care procedure. (-/ 'arks 71 3 $rs) c. One of the procedures specified in the curriculu" " C!itic"l e2"l$"tion of " gi2en !ese"!c6 "!ticle 3$blis6ed in an international (ournal #=* Mar7s B) our$ . -roble& sol3ing ) a hypothetical oral health situation e8isting in a communityis gi3en with
sufficient data. The student as a specialist in co&&unity to the e8isting oral health

gi%en co""unity. #=* Mar7s )1 $our/ C.=i-a =oce 1.. ?ar4s i8 )i2"()oce e<"%in"tion: 80 %"!ks

situation of the

dentistry is e8pected to suggest practical solutions

105

!ll exa"iners will conduct %i%aB%oce con3ointly on candidateCs co"prehension, analytical approach, expression, interpretation of data and co""unication s7ills. 't includes all co&ponents
of course contents. It includes presentation and discussion on dissertation also.

ii8 5ed"gog' 4<e!cise: 20 %"!ks ! topic be gi%en to each candidate in the beginning of clinical exa"ination. 1e?she is
as7ed to &a7e

a presentation on the topic for C)1/ &inute

6AE7O7ONTICS @ 6RE=ENTI=E 7ENTISTR>


O$8ecti-es !t the end of I years of training the candidate should be able to 1. Create not only a good oral health in the child but also a good citi&en to"orrow. 2. 'nstill a positi%e attitude and beha%ior in children 3. (nderstand the principles of pre%ention and pre%enti%e dentistry right fro" birth to adolescence . 2uide and counsel the parents in regards to %arious treat"ent "odalities including different facets of pre%enti%e dentistry !. Pre%ent and intercept de%eloping "alocclusion S4ills 1. Obtain proper clinical history, "ethodological exa"ination of the child patient, perfor" essential diagnostic procedures and interpret the", and arri%e at a reasonable diagnosise and treat appropriately 1. Be co"petent to treat dental diseases which are occurring in child patient. 2. Manage to repair and restore the lost 4 tooth structure to "aintain har"ony between both hard and soft tissues of the oral ca%ity. 3. Manage the disabled children effecti%ely and efficiently, tailored to the needs of indi%idual re0uire"ent and conditions. Attitu es

106

1. De%elop an attitude to adopt ethical principles in all aspects of Pedodontic practice. 2. Professional honesty and integrity are to be fostered 3. 6reat"ent care is to be deli%ered irrespecti%e of the social status, cast, creed, and religion of the patients. . Eillingness to share the 7nowledge and clinical experience with professional colleagues. !. Eillingness to adopt, after a critical assess"ent, new "ethods and techni0ues of Pedodontic "anage"ent de%eloped fro" ti"e to ti"e, based on scientific research, which are in the best interest of the child patient. ". :espect child patientCs rights and pri%ileges, including child patients right to infor"ation and right to see7 a second opinion. #. De%elop an attitude to see7 opinion fro" allied "edical and dental specialities, as and when re0uired Course contents 1. !pplied !nato"y & genetics .. !pplied Physiology I. !pplied Pathology 4. 5utrition and Die tics -. 2rowth & De%elop"ent8 Prenatal and postnatal de%elop"ent of craniu", face, 3aws, teeth and supporting structures. Chronology of dental de%elop"ent and de%elop"ent of occlusion. Di"ensional changes in dental arches. Cephalo"etric e%aluation of growth. F. Child Psychology8 De%elop"ent & Classification of beha%ior, personality, intelligence in children, theories of child psychology, stages of psychological child de%elop"ent, fear anxiety, apprehension dt its &anage&ent ,. <eha3ior Manage&ent: 2on) phar&acological Cb -har&acological &ethods. <. Child !buse & Dental 5eglect G. Conscious Sedation, Deep Sedation /s 2eneral !nesthesia in Pediatric Dentistry8 #'ncluding Other Drugs, Synergic & !ntagonistic !ctions of 9arious Drugs (sed in Children 1/. Pre%enti%e Pedodontics8 Concepts, chair bide pre%enti%e "easures for dental diseases, highBris7 caries including ra"pant & extensi%e caries B :ecognition, Aeatures & Pre%enti%e Manage"ent, Pit and Aissures Sealants, Oral ygiene "easures, Correlation of brushing with dental caries and periodontal diseases. Diet /s 5utrition as related to dental caries. Diet Counseling 11. Dental Pla0ue8 Definition, 'nitiation, Pathogenesis, Bioche"istry, and MorphologyC & Metabolis". 1.. Microbiology & '""unology as related to Oral Diseases in Children. Basic concepts, i""une syste" in hu"an body, !uto '""une diseases, istopathology, Pathogenesis, '""unology of dental caries, Periodontal diseases. 6u"ors, Oral Mucosal lesions etc. 14. 2ingi%al /s Periodontal diseases in Children8 I 5or"al 2ingi%a & Periodontiu" in children. I 2ingi%al & Periodontal diseases B Etiology, Pathogenesis, Pre%ention & +anagement '6. Pediatric ,perative Dentistry I Principle ,f ,perative Dentistry along wit" modifications of materials?past, current @ latest including toot" colored materials. I +odifications required for cavity preparation in primary and young permanent teet". I -arious Isolation 0ec"niques I Restorations of decayed pri"ary, !oun# /er'anent an per&anent teeth in children using
3arious restorati3e &aterial li7e ;lass Iono&er' *o&posites' Sil3er' %&alga& ( latest &aterial 6galliu&$ I Stainless steel' -olycarbonate Cs .esin *rowns ? Beneers ( fibre p3it syste&s. 1!. -ediatric ,ndodontics:

a. 6ri'ar! 7entition: - Diagnosis of pulpal diseases and their management - Pulp capping,
Pulpotomy, Pulpectomy 7>aterials @ >ethods., /ontro*ersies 9s recent concepts. b. Doung permanent teeth and permanent teeth, Pulp capping, Pulpotomy, Ape%ogenesis, Ape%ification, /oncepts, !echniques and >aterials used for different procedures. c. ecent ad*ances in Pediatric diagnosis and $ndodontics.

107

1F. 1,.

Prosthetic consideration in-Paediatric Dentistry. !raumatic "n(uries in /hildren;

I Classifications & '"portance. I Se0ualae & reaction of teeth to trau"a. I Manage"ent of 6rau"ati&ed teeth with latest concepts. I Manage"ent of 3aw fracture in children. )/. 'ntercepti%e Orthodontics8 a. /oncepts of occlusion and esthetics; 2tructure and function of all anatomic components
of occlusion, mechanics of articulations, recording of masticatory function, diagnosis of Occlusal dysfunction, relationship of !>' anatomy and pathology and related neuromuscular physiology. b. A comprehensi*e re*ie+ of the local and systemic factors in the causation of malocclusion. c. ecognition and management of normal and abnormal de*elopmental occlusions in primary, mi%ed and permanent dentitions in children 7Occlusal 0uidance..

d. Biology of tooth "o%e"ent8 ! co"prehensi%e re%iew of the principles of teeth "o%e"ent :e%iew of conte"porary literature. istopathology of bone and Periodontal liga"ent, Molecular and ultra cellular consideration in tooth "o%e"ent. e. Myofunctional appliances4 <asic principles contemporary

appliances4 Design & 5abrication f. Removable appliances4 <asic principles contemporary> appliances4 Design & 5abrication g. !ase selection & diagnosis in interceptive Orthodontics ,!ephalometric "mage processing Tracing Radiation hygiene -ideo imaging 6s advance !ephalometric techni;ues/. h. *pace Management4 &tiology Diagnosis of space problems analysis <iomechanics Planned e$traction in interception orthodontics. )-. Oral +abits in !hildren4 I Definition, Etiology & !lassification I !linical features of digit suc'ing tongue thrusting mouth breathing 6s various other secondary habits. I Management of oral habits in children 23. Dental ware of !hildren with special needs4 Definition &tiology !lassification <ehavioral !linical features 6s Management of children with4 I Physically handicapping conditions I Mentally compromising conditions I Medically compromising conditions I =enetic disorders
.1. ... .4. .2. I Oral "anifestations of Syste"ic Conditions in Children /s their Manage"ent Manage"ent of Minor Oral Surgical Procedures in Children Dental :adiology as related to Pediatric Dentistry Cariology istorical bac7ground

108

I Definition, Etiology & Pathogenesis I Caries pattern in pri"ary, young per"anent and per"anent teeth in children. I :a"pant caries, early childhood caries and extensi%e caries. Definition, etiology, Pathogenesis, Clinical features, Co"plications /s Manage"ent. I :ole of diet and nutrition in Dental Caries I Dietary "odifications /s Diet counseling. I Sub3ecti%e /s ob3ecti%e "ethods of Caries detection with e"phasis on Caries !cti%ity tests, Caries prediction, Caries susceptibility /s their clinical !pplications .-. Pediatric Oral Medicine /s Clinical Pathology8 :ecognition /s Manage"ent of de%elop"ental dental ano"alies, teething disorders, sto"atological conditions, "ucosal lesions, %iral infections etc. .F. Congenital !bnor"alities in Children8 Definition, Classification, Clinical features

of Management. .,. Dental &mergencies in !hildren and their Management. .<. Dental Materials used in Pediatric Dentistry. .G. Preventive Dentistry4
I I I I Definition Principles /s

*cope Types of prevention Different preventive measures used in Pediatric Dentistry including fissure sealants and caries vaccine.
4/. Dental earth Education /s *chool Dental +ealth Programmes 41. Dental health concepts &ffects of civili:ation and

environment Dental +ealth delivery system Public +ealth measures related to children along with principles of Pediatric Preventive Dentistry 4.. 5luorides4

istorical bac7ground

I I I I

Syste"ic &C 6opical fluorides Mechanis" of action 6oxicity & Manage"ent. Defluoridation techni0ues.

44. Medicological aspects in Paediatric Dentistry with e"phasis on infor"ed concept. 42. Counseling in Padeiatric Dentistry 4-. Case istory :ecording, Outline of principles of exa"ination, diagnosis & treat"ent planning. 4F. Epide"iology8 Concepts, Methods of recording & e%aluation of %arious oral diseases. 9arious national & global trends of epide"iology of oral diseases. 4,. Co"prehensi%e 'nfant Oral ealth Care. 4<. Principles of BioBStatistics & :esearch Methodology & (nderstanding of Co"puters and Photography 4G. Co"prehensi%e cleft care "anage"ent with e"phasis on counseling, feeding, nasoal%eolar bone re"odeling, speech rehabilitation. 2/. Setting up of Pedodontics & Pre%enti%e Dentistry Clinic. 21. E"erging concept in Paediatric Dentistry of scope of laser4"ini"u" in%asi%e procedures 8 1
>-

C4&:

6reclinical 3or4 #Duration B first @ Months of Airst Oear MDS$ #One On Each Exercise$ ). *ar3ing of all deciduous teeth .. <asic wire bending e8ercises 4. >abrication of a. Maxillary bite plate 4 awleyCsC
109

b. Maxillary expansion screw appliance c. Canine retractor appliance d. !ll habit brea7ing appliances i. :e"o%able type ii. Aixed type iii. Partially fixed and re"o%able
e. Two Myofunctional appliance f. Ma7ing of inclined plane appliance g. >eeding appliances <asic soldering e8ercise I ) &a7ing of a la&ppost of stainless steel wire pieces of different gauges soldered on either side of hea3y gauge &ain post.

2.

-. Aabrication of space "aintainers a. :e"o%able typeB I I I I

(nilateral 5on B functional space "aintainer Bilateral 5onBAunctional space "aintainer (nilateral functional space "aintainer Bilateral functional space "aintainer

b. Space :egainers B I awleyCs appliances with elical space regainer I :e"o%able appliance with Slingshot space regainer I :e"o%able appliance with Du"bbell space regainer c. Aixed Space "aintainers I Band & long loop space "aintainer I Band & short loop space "aintainer I MayneCs space "aintainer I 6ranspalatal arch space "aintainer I 5ance Palatal holding arch I 5ance Palatal holding arch with canine stoppers I 2erbcr space regainer I Distal shoe appliance a. !cti%e space "aintainers b. Aor guiding the eruption of first per"anent "olar Brags c. !rch holding de%ice d. Aunctional space "aintainer F. Basics for spot welding exercise ,. Collection of extracted deciduous and per"anent teeth a. Sectioning of the teeth at %arious le%els and planes b. Drawing of section and shapes of pulp c. Phanto" ead Excersies 8 Perfor"ing ideal ca%ity preparation for %arious restorati%e materials for both Deciduous and permanent teeth
d. i. Performing pulpotomy, root canal treatment and Ape%ification procedure !ooth preparation and fabrication of *arious temporary and permanent restorations on fractured anterior teeth. ii. Preparation of teeth for *arious types of cro+ns

iii. #aminates5*eneers

/. Performing of beha*ioral rating and "H tests for children. 9. Co"putation of8 B Caries index and perfor"ing %arious carrier acti%ity test. Oral ygiene 'ndex Periodontal 'ndex

i*. &onding @ banding e%ercise

110

Aluorosis 'ndex 10. Surgical Exercises 8 a. Aabrication of splints b. 6ype of Eiring c. Suturing, %arious p%it syste", prcing & por". tuli a. 6a7ing of periapical, occlusal, bitewing radiographs of children b. De%eloping and processing of fil"s, thus obtained c. 6racing of soft tissue dental and s7eletal land"ar7s as obser%ed on Cephalo"etric radiographs and drawing of %arious planes and angles, further interpretation of Cephalo"etric radiographs is analysis. d. Mixed dentition cast analysis 11. Library assign"ent )+.Synopsis Clinical 0or4 ReCuire'ents fro' # to I@ months 6he following is the "ini"u" re0uire"ent to be co"pleted before the candidate can be considered eligible to appear in the final M.D.S Exa"inations8 B No1
)

Clinical 3or4

Total
+

+ To 12 Months

1" To 2% Months

2( To "*

?onths

)> C Beha%ior Manage"ent of different age groups children with co"plete records. )> Detailed Case e%aluation with co"plete records, treat"ent planning and presentation of cases with chair side and discussion StepBbyBstep chair side pre%e Bnti%e )) dentistry scheduled for high ris7 children with gingi%al and periodontal diseases & Dental Caries Practical application of Pre%e Bnti%e > dentistry concepts in a class of I=B=* chiidren& Dental ealth Education & Moti%ation. Pediatric Operati%e Dentistry with application of recent concepts.#a$. Manage"ent of Dental Caries #l$ Class ' =*

)*

)*

I*

)*

)*

(II) Class II (III) 9ther 8estorations 1// (b). 'anagement of traumati#ed anterior teeth (c) 6esthetic 8estorations

1// ./ 1-

2/ -/ /2

-/ 4/ /F

1/

/-

.-

/-

1/

1/

111

(d). Pediatric Endodontic Procedures7 %eciduous teeth Pulpotomy /Pulpectomy Permanent 'olars7 Permanent Incisor7 6pe&ification B 6pe&ogenesis !tainless !teel Crowns 9ther Crowns :i&ed !pace 'aintainers 8emovable !pace 'aintainers :unctional 'aintainers Preventive measures like fluoride applications B Pit B :issure !ealants applications with complete follow7up and diet counseling

1-/ ./ 1./ -/ /4/ ./ /./

4/ 4 . /. 1/ /1 /< //1 /<

-/ , 4 /< ./ /. 1. /, /. /<

,/ 1/ 1/ 1/ ./ /. 1/ /< /. /2

F , < G 1/ 11

1.

!pecial 6ssignments(i) !chool %ental $ealth Programmes (ii) Camps etc.,

/4

/1

/1

/1

/.

/1

/1

)I Library usage 1 . Laboratory usage 1!. Continuing Dental ealth Progra""e #6he figures gi%en against S'. 5o. . to )+ are the "ini"u" nu"ber of reco""ended procedures to be perfor"ed$ ?onitorin# Learnin# 6ro#ress 't is essential to "onitorthe learning progress to each candidate through continuous appraisal

and regular assessment. "t not only helps teachers to evaluate students but also students to evaluate themselves. The monitoring to be done by the staff of the department based on participation of students in various teaching # learning activities. "t may be structured and assessment be done using chec'lists that assess various aspects. !hec'lists are given *ection "-.
Sche'e of E9a'ination A. Theory C33 Mar's Eritten exa"ination shall consist of four 0uestion papers each of three hours duration. 6otal "ar7s for each paper will be ,-. Paper I, II and III shall consist of two long +uestions carrying ./ marks each and - short essay
+uestions carrying , marks each. Paper I will be on Essay. 0uestions on recent advances may be asked in any or all the papers. %istribution of topics for each paper will be as follows@ L

112

6A6ER:I : 6pplied ;asic !ciences @ 6pplied 6natomy, Physiology, Pathology, 'icrobiology, >utrition <s %ietics, =rowth <s
%evelopment and %ental pla+ue, =enetics.

6A6ER:II : Clinical Paedodontics 1. Conscious sedation, Deep Sedation & 2eneral !nesthesia in Pediatric Dentistry .. 2ingi%al & Periodontal Diseases in Children 4. Pediatric Operati%e Dentistry 2. Pediatric Endodontics -. 6rau"atic 'n3uries in Children 'ntercepti%e Orthodontics F. Oral abits in children >. Dental Care of Children with special needs /. Oral Manifestations of Syste"ic Conditions in Children & their Manage"ent -. Manage"ent of Minor Oral Surgical Procedures in Children )*. Dental :adiology as :elated to Pediatric Dentistry )). Pediatric Oral Medicine & Clinical Pathology )+. Congenital !bnor"alities in Children )I. Dental E"ergencies in Children & 6heir Manage"ent ).. Dental Materials (sed in Pediatric Dentistry )=. Case istory :ecording )@. Setting up of Pedodontic & Pre%enti%e Dentistry Clinic 6A6ER III8 Pre%enti%e and Co""unity Dentistry as applied to Pediatric Dentistry 1. Child Psychology .. Beha%ior Manage"ent 4. Child !buse & Dental 5eglect 2. Pre%enti%e Pedodontics -. Cariology F. Pre%enti%e Dentistry ,. Dental ealth Education /s School Dental 1ealth -rogra&&es <. >luorides G. ,pide&iology 1/. *o&prehensi3e "nfant ;!"l #e"lt6 C"!eICo%3!e6ensi2e cleft c"!e 11. Principles of BioBStatistics /s :esearch Methodology /s (nderstanding of Co"puters and Photography 6A6ER:I=: Essa! G 6he topics assigned to the different papers are generally e%aluated under those sections. owe%er a strict di%ision of the
sub3ect "ay not be possible and so"e o%erlapping of topics is ine%itable. Students should be prepared to answer o%erlapping topics.

B. 6ractical E9a'ination 200 ."!ks 6he Clinical 4 Practical and 9i%aB9oce Exa"inations are conducted for a "ini"u" of two days. &irst 7a!: ). Case Discussion, Pulp 6herapy i.e. Pulpecto"y on a Pri"ary Molar. Case Discussion +* "ar7s :ubber Da" application )* "ar7s Eor7ing length NBray +* "ar7s Obturation : +* &ar7s
Total t6e s"%e8 #H &ar7s

Case Discussion, Crown preparation on a Pri"ary Molar for *tainless steel c!own "nd ce%ent"tion of Case discussion Crown Preparation Crown selection and Ce"entation 6otal )* "ar7s +* "ar7s +* "ar7s =* "ar7s

Case discussion, band adaptation for fixed type of space "aintainer andBi"pression "a7ing.

113

Case discussion Band adaptation '"pression 6otal

+* "ar7s +* "ar7s +* "ar7s @* "ar7s 8 +* "ar7s

Secon Day@ ). E%aluation of Aixed Space Maintainer and Ce"entation C.

-iva -oce 4 i. -iva1-oce e$amination4 63 mar's

233 Mar's

!ll exa"iners will conduct %i%aB%oce con3ointly on candidateCs co"prehension, analytical approach, expression, interpretation of data and co""unication s7ills. 't includes all co"ponents of course contents. 't includes presentation and discussion on dissertation also. ii. 6e a#o#! E9ercise: 2. 'ar4s

) topic is given to each candidate in the beginning of clinical e$amination. +e#she is as'ed to ma'e a presentation on the topic foi 6123 minutes
6ROCE7URAL AN7 O6ERATI=E SBILLS SBILLS S)OUL7 BE AS ON st 1 yr1

recording1 233 interpretation1E33 nd 2 yr1


(

&$amination of patients case history 50)!1 E3 <iopsy1 E3 Observe assist and perform under supervision "ntra oral radiographs perform under

). Dental treat"ent to "edically co"pro"ised patients B Obser%e, assist, and perfor" under super%ision +. Extra B oral radiographs, digital radiography 20
;bse!2e* "ssist "nd 3e!fo!% $nde! s$3e!2ision

Operati%e s7ills8 1. 2i%ing intra X "uscular and intra%enous in3ections .. !d"inistration of oxygen and life sa%ing drugs to the 3"tients 4. 5e!fo!%ing b"sic C5: "nd ce!tific"tion b' :ed C!oss 3rd Year !ll the abo%e Perfor"ed independently B Case history8 :outine cases B )** 'nteresting Cases B += 'ntra B oral :adiographs B )** Periapical %iew B )** Bitewing %iew B =* Occlusal %iew B 50
4<t!" J o!"l !"diog!"36s of diffe!ent 2iews K 100

114

ORAL ?E7ICINE AN7 RA7IOLOG>


O$8ecti-es: !t the end of 4 years of training the candidate should be able to Bno0le #e: Theoretical' *linical and practical 7nowledge of all &ucosal lesions' diagnostic procedures pertaining to the& and latest
infor&ation of i&aging &odules.

S4ills an Attitu eA Three i&portant s7ills need to be i&parted 1. Diagnostic s7ill in recognition of oral lesions and their &anage&ent 2. :esearch s7ills in handling scientific proble"s pertaining to oral treat"ent 1. Clinical and Didactic s7ills in encouraging younger doctors to attain learning ob3ecti%es Attitu es; the positi3e &ental attitude and the persistence of continued learning need to be inculcated Course Contents 6a/er I: A//lie Basic Sciences A//lie Anato'! ). 2ross anato"y of the face8 a. Muscles of Aacial Expression !nd Muscles Of Mastication b. Aacial ner%e c. Aacial artery d. Aacial %ein
e. -arotid gland and its relations

9. 2ec7 region:
a. Triangles of the nec7 with special reference to *arotid' Digastric triangles and &idline structures b. c. d. >acial spaces *arotid syste& of arteries' Bertebral %rtery' and Subcla3ian arteries 9ugular syste&

Internal jugular

External 3ugular e. Ly"phatic drainage f. Cer%ical plane g. Muscles deri3ed fro& -haryngeal arches h. 'nfrate"poral fossa in detail and te"poro"andibular 3oint i. ,ndocrine glands
-ituitary

3. Sy&pathetic chain $. *ranial ner3es)B' BII' IN' NI' ( NII


115

T Thyroid T -arathyroid '. ,8ocrine glands T -arotid T Thyroid T -arathyroid I.+ral *a3ity: a.Bestibule and oral ca3ity proper b.Tongue and teeth c.-alate ) soft and hard ..2asal *a3ity
a.2asal septu& b./ateral wall of nasal ca3ity c.-aranasal air sinuses

=.Pharynx8 2ross salient features of brain and spinal cord with references to attach"ent of cranial ner%es to the brainste".
Detailed study of the cranial ner3e nuclei of B' BII' IN' N' NI' NII +steology: *o&parati3e study of fetal and adult s7ull Mandible: De3elop&ent' ossification' age changes and e3aluation of &andible in detail

E'$r!olo#! 1. De%elop"ent of face, palate, nasal septu" and nasal ca%ity, paranasal air sinuses 2. Pharyngeal apparatus in detail including the floor of the pri"iti%e pharynx 3. De%elop"ent of tooth in detail and the age changes 4. De%elop"ent of sali%ary glands 5. Congenital ano"alies of face "ust be dealt in detail.

+istology4

1. Study of epitheliu" of oral ca%ity and the respiratory tract 2. Connecti%e tissue 3. Muscular tissue 4. 5er%ous tissue 5. Blood %essels ". Cartilage #. Bone and tooth C. 6ongue G. >"li2"!' glands 1H. 6onsil, thy"us, ly"ph nodes 6h!siolo#!: ). =eneral Physiology@ T Cell T ;ody :luid Compartments T Classification T Composition T Cellular transport
116

T :MP and action potential Muscle 0erve Physiology 2. *tructure of a neuron and properties of nerve fibers 3. Structure of "uscle fibers and properties of "uscle fibers . 5euro"uscular trans"ission =. Mechanism of muscle contraction
Bloo :

2. :BC and +b 3. EBC B Structure and functions . Platelets B functions and applied aspects !. Plas"a proteins ". Blood Coagulation with applied aspects #. Blood groups C. Ly"ph and applied aspects Res/irator! S!ste': U !ir passages, co"position of air, dead space, "echanics of respiration with pressure

and volume changes S .ung volumes and capacities and applied aspects S O$ygen and carbon dio$ide transport S 0eural regulation of respiration S !hemical regulation of respiration

S ypoxia, effects of increased baro"etric pressure and decreased baro"etric pressure T CardioB9ascular Syste"8 T Cardiac Cycle T :egulation of heart rate4 Stro7e %olu"e 4 cardiac output 4 blood flow T .egulation f blood pressure T Shoc7, hypertension, cardiac failure E9cretor! s!ste' T .enal function tests Gastro : intestinal tract: T *o&position' functions and regulation of: T Sali3a T ;astric juice T -ancreatic juice T <ile and intestinal juice T Mastication and deglutition En ocrine s!ste': T 1or&ones ) classification and &echanis& of action T 1ypothala&ic and pituitary hor&ones T Thyroid hor&ones T -arathyroid hor&ones and calciu& ho&eostasis T -ancreatic hor&ones T !drenal hor"ones Central Ner-ous S!ste': T %scending tract with special references to pain pathway S/ecial Senses:

117

T ;ustation and +lfaction Bioche'istr! 3. Car$oh! rates : 7isacchari es s/ecificall! 'altose1 lactose1 sucrose BDigestion of starch4absorption of glucose
)Metabolis& of glucose' specifically glycolysis' T*% cycle'

gluconeogenesis

B<lood sugar regulation B2lycogen storage regulation B2lycogen storage diseases


);alactose&ia and fructose&ia

2. 7i3ids Aatty acidsB Essential4non essential Metabolis" of fatty acidsB oxidation, 7etone body for"ation, utili&ation 7etosis Outline of cholesterol "etabolis"B synthesis and products for"ed fro" cholesterol 3. 5!otein B%&ino acids) essential?non essential' co&plete? inco&plete proteins B 6ransa"ination4 Dea"ination #Definition with exa"ples$ B(rea cycle B 6yrosineB or"ones synthesi&ed fro" tyrosine B'n born errors of a"ino acid "etabolis"
) Methionine and trans&ethylation

%. N$cleic A&ids B -urines?-yri&idines -urine analogs in &edicine ) D2%?.2%)+utline of structure ) Transcription?translation Steps of protein synthesis Inhibitors of protein synthesis .egulation of gene function (..ine!"ls B Calciu"4Phosphorus "etabolis" specifically regulation of seru" calciu" le%els B'ron "etabolis" B 'odine "etabolis" BTrace ele&ents in nutrition
". 4ne!g' Meta%olis!

B <asal &etabolic rate B Specific dyna&ic action 6SD%$ of foods +.)it"%ins B Mainly these 3ita&ins and their &etabolic role) specifically 3ita&in %' Bita&in *' Bita&in D' Thia&in' .ibofla3in' 2iacin' -yrido8ine 6atholo#!: 1. Infla''ation: T :epair and regeneration, necrosis and gangrene T :ole of co"ple"ent syste" in acute infla""ation T :ole of arachidonic acid and its "etabolites in acute infla""ation T 2rowth factors in acute infla""ation T :ole of "olecular e%ents in cell growth and intercellular signaling cell surface receptors T :ole of 5S!'DS in inflammation T Cellular c6"nges in !"di"tion in=$!' "nd its %"nifest"tions )o'eostasis T :ole of Endotheliu" in thro"bo B genesis

118

T !rterial and %enous thro"bi T Disse"inated 'ntra%ascular Coagulation Shoc4 T


-athogenesis of he&orrhagic' neurogenic' septic' cardiogenic shoc7' circulatory disturbances' ische&ic hypere&ia' 3enous congestion' ede&a' infarction *hro&oso&al %bnor&alities:

T Mar fan=s syndro&e T ,hler=s Danlos Syndro&e T >ragile N Syndro&e )!/ersensiti-it!: T !naphylaxis T 6ype '' ypersensiti%ity T 6ype ''' ypersensiti%ity T Cell "ediated :eaction and its clinical i"portance T Syste"ic Lupus Eryth"atosus T 'nfection and infecti%e granulo"as Neo/lasia: T Classification of 6u"ors T Carcinogenesis & Carcinogens B Che"ical, 9iral and Microbial T 2rading and Staging pf Cancer, tu"or !ngiogenesis, Paraneoplastic Syndro"e T Spread of tu"ors T Characteristics of benign and "alignant tu"ors Others: T Sex lin7ed aga"aglobuline"ia T !'DS T Manage"ent of '""une deficiency patients re0uiring surgical procedures T De 2eorgeCs Syndro"e T 2hons co"plex, post pri"ary pul"onary tuberculosis B pathology and pathogenesis
P"a!a&ology'
1. 2.

Definition of ter"inologies used

Dosage and "ode of ad"inistration of drugs 3. !ction and fate of drugs in the body . Drugs acting on the C5S !. Drug addiction, tolerance and hypersensiti%e reactions ". 2eneral and local anesthetics, hypnotics, analeptics, and & tran0uili&ers #. Che"otherapeutics and antibiotics C. !nalgesics and anti B pyretics G. !nti B tubercular and anti B syphilitic drugs 1H. !ntiseptics, sialogogues, and anti B sialogogues 11. ae"atinics 12. !nti B diabetics 13. 9ita"ins B ! B Co"plex, *' D' ,' 5

119

1 . Steroids 6a/er II: Oral An ?a9illofacial Ra iolo#! Stu ! inclu es >e%in"!s I lect$!es I 1e%onst!"tions 1. istory of radiology, structure of x B ray tube, production of x B ray, property of x rays 1. Biological effects of radiation 2. Ailtration of colli"ation, grids and units of radiation 3. Ail"s and recording "edia . Processing of i"age in radiology !. Design of x Bray depart"ent, dar7 roo" and use of auto"atic processing units ". Locali&ation by radiographic techni0ues #. Aaults of dental radiographs and concept of ideal radiograph C. 1uality assurance and audit in dental radiology G. Extra B oralBi"aging techni0ues 1H. OP2 and other radiologic techni0ues 11. !d%anced i"aging techni0ue li7e *T Scan' M.I' Dltras one ( ther&o graphic 12. :adio nucleotide techni0ues 13. Contrast radiography in sali%ary gland, TM9' and other radiolucent pathologies 1 . :adiation protection and I*.- guidelines 1!. !rt of radiographic report, writing and descriptors preferred in reports 1". :adiograph differential diagnosis of radiolucent, radio opa0ue and "ixed lesions
)/.
Digital radiology and its 3arious types of ad3antages Pa$er III' Oral ?e icine1 thera/eutics an la$orator! in-esti#ations ). Study includes se&inars ? lectures ? discussion

+. Methods

of clinical diagnosis of oral and systemic diseases as applicable to oral tissue including modern diagnostic techni;ues 3. .aboratory investigations including special investigations of oral and bro 1 facial diseases . Teeth in local and systemic diseases congenital and hereditary disorders !. Oral manifestations of systemic diseases
". Oro B facial pain #. Psychoso"atic aspects of oral diseases C. Manage"ent of "edically co"pro"ised patients including "edical e"ergencies in the dental chair G. Congenital and ereditary disorders in%ol%ing tissues of oro facial region 1H. Syste"ic diseases due to oral foci of infection 11. e"atological, Der"atological, Metabolic, 5utritional, & Endocrinal conditions with oral "anifestations 12. 5euro"uscular diseases affecting oro Bfacial region 13. Sali%ary gland disorders 1 . 6ongue in oral and syste"ic diseases 1!. 6MH dysfunction and diseases 1". Concept of i""unity as related to oro B facial lesions, including !'DS

120

1#. 1C. 1G. 2H. 21.

Cysts, 5eoplas"s, Odonto"es, and fibro B osseous lesions Oral changes in Osteo B dystrophies and chondro B dystrophies Pre "alignant and "alignant lesions of oro facial region !llergy and other "iscellaneous conditions 6herapeutics in oral "edicine Bclinical phar"acology

22. Aorensic odontology 23. Co"puters in oral diagnosis and i"aging 2 . E%idence based oral care in treat"ent planning Essential Bno0le #e Basic "edical sub3ects, Oral Medicine, Clinical Dentistry, Manage"ent of Medical E"ergencies, Oral :adiology, 6echni0ues and 'nter B Operation, Diagnosis of Oro7facial

%isorders
Procedural and Operati%e S7ills8 #6he nu"bers &entioned are &ini&u& to be perfor&ed by each candidate$ )st Oear +bser3e' %ssist' ( -erfor& under super3ision 1. *<amination of Patient ) Case "istory recordings
- F1A/ @ &iopsy - : each +bser3e' %ssist' ( -erfor& under super3ision Intra ) oral radiograph -erfor& an interpret

-:,

2.

)1HH

2nd year

). Dental treatment to medically compromised patients B - ;bse!2e* assist, and perform under super*ision +. $%tra - oral radiographs, digital radiography - += ) - Obser*e, assist and perform under super*ision Operati%e s7ills8 1. Biving intra ) muscular and intravenous in#ections 2. Administration of o<ygen and life saving drugs to t"e patients I. Performing basic /P and certification by ed /ross "r Eear All the "bo2e Perfor"ed independentlyBCase history8 :outine cases 'nteresting Cases 'ntra B oral :adiographs Periapical %iew Bitewing %iew B Occlusal %iew ExtraBoral radiographs of different %iews

B+= B +=
- =**

B =* B += B += B=*

Monitoring Learning Progress 't is essential to "onitor the learning progress to each candidate through continuous appraisal and regular assess"ent. 't not only helps teachers to e%aluate students, but also students to e%aluate the"sel%es. 6he "onitoring to be done by the staff of the depart"ent based on participation of students in %arious teaching 4 learning acti%ities. 't "ay be structured and

121

assess"ent be done using chec7lists that assess %arious aspects. Chec7lists are gi%en in Section '9 Sche'e of E9a'ination Theor! Eritten exa"ination shall consist of four 0uestion papers each of three hours duration. 6otal "ar7s for each paper will be ,-. Paper I, II and III shall consist of two long +uestions carrying ./ marks each and - short essay
+uestions carrying , marks each. -aper IB will be on ,ssay. Juestions on recent ad3ances &ay be as7ed in any or all the papers. Distribution of topics for each paper will be as follows: L

PAPER-I
-har&acology.

; Applied &asic 2ciences : %pplied %nato&y' -hysiology* <ioche&istry' -athology' and

6A6ER:II +ral and Ma8illofacial .adiology 6A6ER:III: +ral Medicine' therapeutics and laboratory in3estigations 6A6ER:I=: 4ss"'
L -6e to3ics "ssigned to t6e diffe!ent 3"3e!s "!e gene!"ll' e2"l$"ted $nde! t6ose sections8 #owe2e! " st!ict di2ision of t6e s$b=ect %"' not be 3ossible "nd so%e o2e!l"33ing of to3ics is ine2it"ble8 >t$dents s6o$ld be 3!e3"!ed to "nswe! o2e!l"33ing to3ics8

B. Pra&ti&al . Clini&al 4<"%in"tion 1st Day Clinical Case Presentation + Spotters 9 Short Cases ) Long Case
-ot"l M100 ."!ks :"diolog' 4<e!cise +8&) ;ne +nt!" ;!"l :"diog!"36 .& +ne +cclusal .adiograph 1H Mar7s 3H Mar7s

200 Mar/s

+ x )= Y I* Mar7s ) x =* Y =* ."!ks

2 < 1 0 M 20 ."!ks

''. !$ 6wo Extra Oral :adiograph 'ncluding techni0ue and interpretation 2IJ 7a! C. =i-a =oce : i. 1.. ?ar4s

+ x I* Y @* Mar7s

=i-a:=oce e9a'ination: ,. 'ar4s

!ll exa"iners will conduct %i%aB%oce con3ointly on candidateCs co"prehension, analytical approach, expression, interpretation of data and co""unication s7ills. 't includes all co"ponents of course contents. 't includes presentation and discussion on dissertation also. ii. Pedagogy &$ercise4 23 mar's ! topic is gi%en to each candidate in the beginning of clinical exa"ination. e4she is as7ed to "a7e a presentation on the topic for / )* "inutes

122

SECTION I= TEAC)ING5LEARNING ACTI=ITIES AN7 ?ONITORING LEARNING 6ROGRESS


!ll the candidates registered for MDS course in %arious specialties shall pursue the course for a period of I years as full ti&e students.During this period' each student shall ta7e part acti3ely in learning acti3ities
designed by the institution ? uni3ersity. % list is gi3en below. Institutions &ay include additional acti3ities' if so' desired. It is essential to &onitor the learning progress of each candidate through continuous appraisal and regular assess&ent. It not only helps teachers to e3aluate students' but also helps students to e3aluate the&sel3es. The &onitoring be done by the staff of the depart&ent based on participation of students in 3arious teaching ? learning acti3ities using chec7lists. Model *hec7lists are gi3en in this section. They &ay be copied and used. The nu&ber of acti3ities attended and the topics pre3ented are to be recorded in log boo7. The log boo7 should periodically be 3alidated by the super3isors.

i<

)c;uisition of Dnowledge

Hournal :e%iew Meeting #Hournal Club$8 6he trainees should "a7e presentation fro" the allotted 3ournals of selected article at least fi%e ti"es in a year. 6he ability to do literature search, in depth study, presentation s7ills, and use of audioB %isual aids are to be assessed during presentation. 6he assess"ent be "ade by faculty "e"bers and peers attending the "eeting using Model Chec7list ) in Section '9. Se"inars8 6he se"inars "ay be held at least twice a wee7 in each postgraduate depart"ent. !ll candidates are expected to participate acti%ely and enter rele%ant detail in the logboo7. Each candidate shall "a7e at least fi%e se"inars presentations in each year. 6he topics should be assigned to the student well in ad%ance to facilitate in depth study. 6he ability to do literature search, in depth study, presentation s7ills and use of audioB %isual aids are to be assessed using the Model Chec7list +, in Section IB.
Sy&posiu&: It is reco&&ended to hold sy&posiu&s on topics co3ering &ultiple disciplines *linico)-athological *onferences 6*-*$: The *-*s should be held once in a &onth in3ol3ing the faculties in +ral Medicine and .adiology' +ral -athology and concerned clinical depart&ents. The -; student should be encouraged to present the clinical details' radiological' and histo) pathological interpretations' and participation in the discussion. %ll depart&ents should attend *-*s. Interdepart&ental &eetings: To bring in &ore integration a&ong 3arious specialities' interdepart&ental &eetings are reco&&ended' chaired by the dean' with all heads of post graduate depart&ents' at least once a &onth.

ii<Clinical s4ills Day to Day wor74

*'ills in outpatient and ward wor' should be assessed periodically assessment lly.The should include the candidateJs sincerity and punctuality, analytical ability and communication skills (see 'odel Checklist 3' !ection IB$.
Clinica '"eetings 8 Candidates should periodically present cases to his peers and faculty "e"bers. 6his should be assessed using a chec7 list #see Model chec7list ., !ection

Clinical "nd Procedural s'ills 4 The candidate should be given graded responsibility to enable learning by apprenticeship. The performance is assessed by the guide by direct observation.

I ).

123

Particulars are recorded by the student in the log boo'. ,Table 0o.3' !ection I ) iii< Teachin# s4ills@ 6ll the candidates shall be encouraged to take part in undergraduate teaching programs, either in the form of lectures or group discussions. "his performance should be based on assessment by the faculty members of the department and from feedback from the undergraduate students (!ee 'odel checklist !' !ection IB$ i-< 6erio ic tests@ "he concerned departments may conduct three tests, two of them be annual tests one at the end of first year and the other in the second year. The third test may be held three months before the final e$amination. The tests may include written papers practicals # clinicals and viva voce. -ii< 3or4 7iar! 5 Lo# Boo4: Every candidate shall maintain a work diary and record his/her participation in the training programmes conducted by the department such as journal reviews seminars etc. *pecial mention may be made of the presentations by the candidate as well as details of clinical or laboratory procedures if any conducted by the candidate. -iii< Recor s: 8ecords, log books and marks obtained in tests will be maintained by the +ead of the Department and will be made available to the 7niversity or D*I. Continuin# ental e ucation /ro#ra''es@ Each postgraduate department is recommended to organi:e these programs on regular basis involving other institutions. The trainees shall also be encouraged to attend such programs conducted elsewhere Conferences 5 0or4sho/s 5 a -ance courses@ "he trainee shall be encouraged not only to attend conferences/workshops/advanced courses, but also to present at least 2 papers at state national specialty meetings during their training period.
7issertation: E%ery candidate shall prepare a dissertation based on the clinical or experi"ental wor7 or any other study conducted by the" under the super%ision of the post graduate #ui e. ;See ?o el chec4list @ & >, Section '9$ Cog book

"he log book is a record of the important activities of the candidates during the training, Internal assessment should be based on the evaluation of the log book. Collectively, log books are a tool for the evaluation of the training programme of the institution by e&te agencies. "he record includes academic activities as well as the presentations and p carried out by the candidate. Aor"at for the log boo7 for the different activities is given in "ables 1'2 and 3 of !ection IB Copies may be made and used by the institutions. 6roce ure for efaulters8 E-er! e/art'ent shoul ha-e a co''ittee to review such situations. "he defaulting candidate is counseled by the guide and head of the department. In e&treme cases of default the departmental committee may recommend that defaulting candidate be withheld from appearing the e&amination, if she/he fails to fulfill the re+uirements in spite of being given ade+uate chances to set himself or herself right.
124

Se&tion 0 Ethics in 7entistr!


Intro uction: There is a definite shift nsow fro& the traditional patient and doctor relation w
and deli3ery of dental care. Fith the ad3ances in science and technology and the increa needs of the patient' theirs fa&ilies and co&&unity' there is a concern for the health of co&&unity as a whole. There is a shift to greater accountability to the society. specialists li7e the other health professionals are confronted with &any ethical proble&s is therefore absolutely necessary for each and e3ery one in the health care deli3ery to prepare the&sel3es to deal with these proble&s. To acco&plish this and de3elop hu&an 3alues' it is desired that all the trainees undergo ethical sensitiAation by lectures or discussion on ethical issues' discussion of cases with an i&portant ethical co&ponent.

Course Content: Intro uction to ethics : Ehat is ethicsQ Ehat. are 3alues and nor&sV 1ow to for& a 3alue syste& in one=s personal and professional lifeV 1ippocratic oath. Declaration of 1elsin7i' F1+ declaration of ;ene3a' International code of ethics' D.*.I. *ode of ethics. Ethics of the indi3idual ) 6he patient as a person. :ight to be respected 6ruth and confidentiality !utono"y of decision Doctor Patient relationship 6rofessional Ethics: Code of conduct Contract and confidentiality Charging of fees, fee splitting Prescription of drugs O%erBin%estigating the patient Malpractice and negligence

Resear&" 4t6ics ) !ni"al and e8peri&ental research?hu&anness u"an e8peri&entation

$uman 3olunteer research)infor&ed consent for trials


Drug trials Ethical wor7shop of cases
125

2athering all scientific factors 2athering all 3alue factors


>ortifying areas of 3alue ) conflict' setting of priorities

Eor7ing out criteria towards decisions Reco''en e Rea in#: 1. Arancis CM., Medical Ethics, +nd Edn, +**., Haypee Brothers, 5ew Delhi, :s )=*4. .. Ethical 2uidelines for Bio"edical :esearch on u"an Sub3ects, 'ndian Council of Medi, :esearch, 5ew Delhi, +***.

126

C EC<L'S6S !5D LO2BOO<S C EC<L'S6) 1 MODEL C EC< L'S6 AO: E9!L(!6'O5 OA HO(:5!L :E9'EE P:ESE56!6'O5S. 5a"e of the 6rainee8 5a"e of the Aaculty 4 Obser%er8
1"te:

*". 0o 2.
<.

'te"s for obser%ation during Poor presentation * Article c"osen was $%tent of understanding of scope @ ob(ecti*es of the paper by the candidate )hether crossreferences "ave been consulted )hether other rele*ant publications consulted

Below !%erage )

!%erage +

2ood I

9ery =ood

4.

6.

:.

B. 8. 9. G.

Ability to respond to questions on the paper5 sub(ect Audio - 3isual aids used Ability to discuss the paper /larity of presentation Any other obser*ation 0otal !core

127

C EC<L'S6( 2 MODEL C EC< L'S6 AO: E9!L(!6'O5 OA SEM'5!: P:ESE56!6'O5S. 5a"e of the 6rainee8 5a"e of the Aaculty 4 Obser%er8
1"te:

Sl no )

'te"s for obser%ation during presentation

Poor *

Below !%erage 1

!%erage +

2ood I

9ery 2ood .

Bhether other relevant publica1 tions consulted Bhether cross 1 references have been consulted
Co"pleteness of Preparation Clarity of Presentation

I . = @ > /

)*

7nderstanding of sub(ect )bility to answer the ;uestions Time scheduling )ppropriate use of )udio 1-isual aids Overall performance )ny other observation
128

6otal score

Please use a separate sheet for each faculty "e"ber

C EC<L'S6B I

MODEL C EC< L'S6 AO: E9!L(!6'O5 OA CL'5'C!L EO:< '5 OPD 5a"e of the 6rainee8 5a"e of the (nit ead8
Date:

*". 0o .
'. <. 4. 6. :. B. 8. 9. G.

'te"s for obser%ation

Poor

.elow

Average

Bood

-ery

during presentation Regularity of attendance Punctuality "nteraction +ith colleagues and supporti*e staff >aintenance of case records Presentation of cases "n*estigations +or? -up /hair - side manners apport +ith patients O*erall quality of clinical +or? !otal score

Average '

>

Bood 6

Please use a separate sheet for each faculty "e"ber

129

C EC<L'S6 B . E9!L(!6'O5 AO:M AO: CL'5'C!L C!SE P:ESE56!6'O5 1ame of t"e 0raineeA
1ame of the faculty 5 Obser*er; Date;

S'. 'te"s for obser%ation during 5o 3!esent"tion


).

5oo!

Below !%erage 2

!%erage 2

2ood I

9ery 2ood

Co"pleteness of history Ehether all rele%ant points elicited *larity of presentation Logical order Mentioned all positi3e and negati3e %ccuracy of general physical e8a&ination In3estigations re0uired Co"plete list

.. 3. 2. !. ".

#.

C.

.ele3ant order 'ntepretation of 'n%estigations !bility to discuss differential diagnosis. %bility to discuss diagnosis.

G.

130

1H.

+thers 2rand 6otal

Please use a separate sheet for each faculty "e"ber

C EC<L'S6B= +,D*/ C;*C3 /I!0 ,R *-A/2A0I,1 , 0*AC;I1B !3I// 5a"e of the 6rainee8
5a"e of the faculty Obser%er8

Date8

S'. 5o.
1. Communication of the purpose of the talk

Strong Point

Eea7 6oint

.. 3. 2. -. F. ,. <. G.

Evokes audience interest in the subject 6he introduction "he se+uence of ideas "he use of practical e&amples and / or illustrations !pecking style (enjoyable, monotonous, etc. !pecify) 6ttempts audience participation !ummary of the main points at the end 6sk +uestions

1/. 6nswer +uestions asked by the audience 11. 8apport of speaker with his audience 1.. Effectiveness of the talk 14. ?ses 6 aids appropriately

131

Please use a separate sheet for each faculty "e"ber

C EC<L'S6B @ MODEL C EC<L'S6 AO: D'SSE:6!6'O5 P:ESE56!6'O5 5a"e of the 6rainee8 5a"e of the faculty 4 Obser%er8 S'.5o Prints to be considered . '. <. 4. Interest s"ow in selecting topic Appropriate re*ie+ Discussion +ith guide and other faculty Huality of protocol Preparation of Proforma 6otal
Date:

Poor
(

.elow Average '

Average 9

Bood >

-ery Bood 6

6. :.

*core

132

C EC<L'S61 J CO56'5(O(S E9!L(!6'O5 OA D'SSE:6!6'O5 EO:< BO 2('DE4COB2('DE 5a"e of the 6rainee8 5a"e of the Aaculty4Obser%er8 S'.5 'te"s for obser%ation o. during 3!esent"tion
=.
5oo! ,

Date

Below !%erage =

!%erage 9

2ood >

9ery 0ood 6

Periodic consultation with guide 4 coB guide :egular collection of case "aterial Depth of !nalysis 4 Discussion Depart"ent presentation of findings 1uality of final output Others 6o6otal score

<. 4. 6.

:. B.

133

C EC<L'S6 B / O9E:!LL !SSESSME56 S EE6 5a"e of the College@ Chec7 P!:6'C(L!:S Cist >o
1. %ate@

! Hournal
e*ie+ Presentation

2. 4. ) -. F.

Se"inars Clinical +or? in +ards Clinical presentation 6eaching s?ill practice

6O6!L

Si#nature of )O7

*ignature of Principal

6he abo%e o%erall assess"ent sheet used along with the logboo7 should for" the basis for certifying satisfactory co"pletion of course of study, in addition to the attendance

re;uirement.
Be!:

134

?ean score: 's the su" of all the scores of chec7lists ) to > A1 B1KKKKKKKKK.8 5a"e of trainees

LOG BOOK Table 1 Acade ic acti!itie" attended

5a"e8 !d"ission Oear8 College8 Date 6ype of acti%ity B Specify Se"inar, Hournal club, Presentation, (2 teaching Particulars

135

LOG BOOB Ta$le 2 Aca e'ic 6resentations 'a e $! the trainee 5a"e 8 !d"ission Oear8 College8 Date 6opic 6ype of acti%ity B Specify Se"inar, Hournal club, Presentation, (2 teaching

136

LOG BOOB Ta$le 3 7ia#nostic an o/erati-e /roce ures /erfor'e

5a"e !d"ission >ear:


Colle#e:

Date

5a"e

OP 5o.

Procedure

Category 0* A,
PA, PI

137

Be!: C : 3AS)E7 U6 AN7 OBSER=E7 : INITIAL * ?ONT)S O& A7?ISSION A : &>>+>-41 & .;:4 >4N+;: >D: 4;N (1 C4&: .1>
5& ( 54:F;:.41 5:;C41D:4 DN14: -#4 1+:4C- >D54:)+>+;N ;F & >4N+;: >D: 4;N ( ++ C4&: .1>

6I

: 54:F;:.41 +N1454N14N-7C ( +++ C4&: .1>

SECTION =I LIBRAR> @ EHUI6?ENT REHUIRE?ENTS


). +nf!"st!$ct$!e 0 F$nction"l :eB$i!e%ents: )8 >3"ce: "n addition to t6e &D2 functional programme the follo+ing physical facilities shall be %"de "2"il"ble to
start postgraduate training programmes leading to >D2 degree.
"8 b8

A separate clinical area for postgraduate students. >inimum Area-B,, sq feet A seminar room furnished +ith proper seating arrangement and audio-*isual A separate room for the use of postgraduate students - >inimum area -<,,

equipments - >inimum area -4,, sq. ft. &. sq.ft.

2. ECui/'ent: *ac" postgraduate department s"all be provided wit" t"e required equipments as recommended by Dental Council of India. 3. Li$rar!: A departmental library shall be pro*ided +ith copies of rele*ant boo?s. "n addition a central library
should pro*ide all the recent editions of boo?s pertaining to the speciality and allied sub(ects as per the recommendations of Dental /ouncil of "ndia. All the (ournals of rele*ant specialty and allied sub(ects shall be made a*ailable..

+. Re&o!!ended (oo/s And 1ournals I# Pro"thodontic" I plantolo$y 0itle '. +. I. .. =.


F

Aut"or Brane"ar7 Philip Bubbush Carl Misch 6ho"as d 6aylor Bloc7 Hohn ob7ric7

Osseo integration in s7eletal reconstruction and 3oint replace"ent !d%anced osseointegration surgery Surgical atlas of dental i"plant techni0ue Conte"porary i"plant dentistry Dental i"plant are they for "eQ ! color atlas of dental i"plant surgery ! color atlas of dental and "axillofacial i"plantology

>.

138

/. -. )*. )). )+ )I ). )=. )@. )>. )/. )-. +*. +). ++. +I. +.. +=. +@. +>. +/. +-. I*.

6he Brane"ar7 no%u" protocol for sa"e day Osseo integration and esthetics Color atlas of Brane"ar7 syste" of oral reconstruction Color atlas of dental "edicine #i"plantology$ Osseo integration in craniofacial reconstruction Endosteal i"plant '"plant Prosthodontics Dental '"plant Dental '"plant8 '"plant support prosthesis Periodontal and Prosthodontic "anage"ent of !d%anced case. Oral i"plantology8 Basic '69 cylinder Dental '"plant 6issue 'ntegrated prosthesis Dental i"plants #6he art and science$

Brane"ar7 Brane"ar7 :ichard !4 :ass"user Spe7er"an Brane"ar7 Mc<iney M. Aagan Eolfe 9incente Hi"en& Mar%ian Schroeder Mc<iney Brane"ar74 Parb4 !lber7etson Charles Bubbush

'"plant and restorati%e dentistry 2erald M. Scortecci4 Carl Misch 4<laus (. Benner 6issue integration in orthopedic and "axillofacial :econstruction Eillia" :. Laney Oral '"plantology '"plant therapy 2uided bone regeneration8 'nl"plant dentistry Laboratory techni0ues for Brane"ar7 syste" '"plant Prosthodontics8 Surgical and prosthetic techni0ues Aor dental i"plants ! color atlas of the Brane"ar7 syste" on oral reconstruction !ndre Myron Daniel Buser 6aylor &Berg"an Aagan 2eorge !. Parb :obert

Dental i"plant color atlas funda"entals and ad%ance Laboratory technology 7ental ?aterials Title ). Dental cera"icsM proceedings of the Airst international sy"posiu" on cera"ics

Author Hohn E. Mc.ean

2. C.

The science and art of dental ceramics *cience of dental materials ,Hth and 23th edition/

@ohn B. Mc.ean Philips

139

L. E.
@.

<iocompatibility of dental materials ,-ol 2 Dennis = *mith # 1 L/ David Billiams Dental materials% Multiple1choice ;uestions Dental "aterials, properties and "anifestations Eillia" O. <rien Porcelain and composite inlays and onlays =raber and =oldstein )pplied dental materials )nderson
Dental "aterial science 5otes on dental "aterials Dental "aterials a proble" oriented approach :estorati%e dental "aterials Dental "aterials8 Properties and "anipulation Clinical restorati%e "aterials and techni0ues :estorati%e dental "aterials B ! pre%iew Dental "aterials in clinical dentistry Science of dental "aterials Clinical handling of dental "aterials -itle Basu Co"be Craig Craig Craig Leineelder and Le"ons :eese and 9alega :eisbic7 S7inner S"ith Author

J. 6.
-. )*. )). )+. )I ). )=. )@. )>. )/. >+8 No

-./ "nd ;ccl$sion

1 . 4 2 F , < G 1/ 11 1. )I

Introduction to =nathology Clinical management of head, neck and "'H pain and dysfunction "he "'HM a biological basis for clinical practice Clinical management of "' %isorder and orofacial pain %ental occlusion and the "'H
Imaging atlas of "'H 6 color atlas of occlusion and malocclusion 9cclusion (4rd edition) Current controversies in "' disorders 6nthroscopic atlas of "'H Craniomandibular disorders and oro facial pain 6 te&t and color atlas of "' H9ral rehabilitationM Clinical deter"ination of occlusion 6otal 6MH reconstruction

%r.E.=8. !olomon $arold =elb !arnat Caskin 8ichard Pertes / !heldon =. =ross =erber
Ceslie ;. $effe#/ 'ehmood 6.P. $oward/>.H. Capp 8amfjord/6sh Charles 'c>eill %avid I. ;laustein/Ceslie ;. $effe# Iven Dlineberg Hohn >orman/Paul Bra"elySu"iya obo

140

12 11F 1, 1< 1G ./ .1 .. .4 .2
25 2"

'edical management of "' disorders 'odern g7nathological concepts (updated) Principles and practice of "'H anthroscopy Evaluation, %iagnosis and treatment of occlusal problems 'anagement of "'% and occlusion "'% Classification, diagnosis and management "'H and craniofacial pain diagnosis and management "'H dysfunction@ 6 practice guide 9cclusion principles and concepts 9ral rehabilitation problem cases@ treatment and evaluation 9cclusion collection of monographs Con3oint in occlusion Occlusion in clinical practice ictor Cucian Hoseph P 'cCain %awson 9keson *elden E. ;ell Hames 8. :ricton 6nnika Isberg Hose %os !antos Hr. !chwei#er =uichet Mar0uette. (ni%ersity 6ho"son

?a9illofacial Sur#ical Consi erations An Reconstruction SI. Title No ) Color atlas of dental "edicine. Oral surgery for the general

Author

dentist rehabilitationM Prosthodontic . 'a&illofacial and surgical consideration 4 'anagement of facial head and neck pain 2 F ,

$ermann :. !eiler Hohn ;erumer III / "homas 6. Curtis ;arry C. Cooper / :rank E. Nucente Prosthetic rehabilitation Deith :. "homas Hohn ;eumer III / 'a&illofacial rehabilitationM Prosthodontic "homas 6. Curtis and !urgical consideration Comple& cleft palate and cranio7ma&illofacial ;ranemark defects 'edical emergencies in dental office
Title

&i9e 6artial 6rostho ontics


SI. 2o

Author

1 :i&ed bridge prosthesis . :undamentals of :i&ed Prosthodontics 4 Planning and making crowns and bridges 2 HohnstonJs modern practice in fi&ed prosthodontics - :ailures in restored dentitionM management and treatment F Precision fi&ed prosthodonticsM Clinical and lab aspects , Contemporary fi&ed Prosthodontics

%.$. 8oberts !hillinburg ;ernard =.>. !mith %ykema 'ichael %. *ise '.'artigone M !teephen!. 8osenstie
141

< "heory and practice of :i&ed Prosthodontics G :undamentals of esthetics 1/ Esthetics of anterior fi&ed prosthodontics 11 Precision attachment 1. Color atlas of ceramo metal technology 14 Inlays, crown and bridges 12 6dvanced restorative dentistry 1- :i&ed and removable prosthodontics 1F 'etal ceramic crown and fi&ed partial denture 1, Oaboratory manual for fi&ed partial denture 1< 6dhesive metal free restorations
1G

"yllman 8ufeflacht =erald H. Chiche =areth Duwata Drantirowich ;acom ;ardy Calomn %ouglas %ietschi B !preafico
2eorge Chuiche&!lspnault McLaughlin !llan and Aore"an Cowell :a%asini

+* +) ++ +I +.
2!

Cera"o "etal fixed partial denture


Essentials of dental cera"ics B an artistic approach Direct bonded retainers Crown and Bridge Prosthodontics 'nlays crowns and Bridges Clinical procedures for partial crowns, inlays and pontics

Aixed Prosthodontics "anual of procedures


Aixed Prosthodontics "anual of procedures Multiple cantile%ers in fixed prosthetics Laboratory procedures for inlays. Crowns and bridges Precision fixed prosthodontics

:iis
Schorr Schwei7ert Stananought Martignoni Schonenberger

+@ +> +/ +-

Co'/lete 1ent$!es >+8 Title


No

Author 9ictor *. Lucia H!. ob7ir7

1
+

6reat"ent of edentulous patient


! color of Co"plete Dentures

4 Esthetics in Complete %entures 2 !yllabus of Complete %enture - Prosthodontic treatment for edentulous patients F %ental lab procedure 7 Complete %enture , Color atlas of complete denture fabrication < Complete %enture Prosthodontics (4rd edition) G Principles and practice of Complete %entures 1/ $andbook of immediate over dentures 11 9ver denture 1. 9cclusal correction@ Principles and Practice

%r. E.=.8. !olomon $eartwell Narb/;oucher 'orrow and 8udd $irosh 'uraoka !harry Iwao $ayakawa 8obert 6llen Hohn
142

14 Immediate and replacement dentures 12 !ectional dentures@ 6 clinical and treatment manual 1- 'astering the art of complete dentures 1F %ental laboratory procedures in complete dentures
S'C

6lbert Pullen 6le&ander 8obert


arold Mac7 PullenBEa"er& Lestrance <u"ber !nderson and Storer ob7ir7

O%erdenture "ade easily

Aull dentures Sectional dentures !tlas of o%er dentures and attach"ents '""ediate and :eplace"ent dentures ++ Co"plete dentures +I '"pressions for !omplete Dentures +. Co"plete denture prosthetics, clinical and laboratory "anual += Co"plete denture prosthetics +@ Designing Co"plete Dentures +> !tlas of co"plete denture +/ Aunda"ental of co"plete denture prosthodontics +- Essentials of co"plete denture Prosthodontics Re'o-a$le 6artial 6rostho ontics SI. Title No

)/ )+* +)

.evin

5ell and 5iern 5ell and 5iern Eatt and Maggregor Passa"onti Shillingburg Coin7ler Author

1 . 4
2

8emovable Partial Prosthodontics Clinical 8emovable Partial Prosthodontics Color atlas of dental medicine
8emovable Partial Prosthodontics

'c CrackenJs !terward


=eorge =raber

'ichael !herring F Caboratory procedures forfull and partial dentures %erek !tannought , :undamentals of removable partial dentures 9wen < %esigning partial dentures %avid G 6dvanced removable partial dentures Hames ;rudvik 1/ Partial dentures !inger
11 8estoration of partially dentate mouth ;ates

6ttachments for Prosthetic %entistry

1. 8emovable partial denture construction 14 "reatment of partially edentulous patients 12 Introduction to removable denture prosthetics 1- Partial removable prosthodontics

;ates ;oucher and 8enner 2rant and @ohnson Dratochvil


143

1F Partial denture prosthetics 1, 8emovable partial denture laboratory manual 1< 8emovable partial dentures 1G 8emovable partial dentures ./ Prosthodontic treatment of partially edentulous patients .1 6tlas of removable partial denture design .. 8emovable partial denture .4 .2 ..F Precision attachments in prosthodontics Essentials of removable partial dentures Planned partials Color atlas of 8emovable Partial %enture

>eill and *alter 8eit# and Eokoyama 8enner and ;oucher "aylor Narb !tarrttpm =rassoand 'iller Preiskel 6pplegate
t

!pplegate

I.C. %evenport

General 6rostho ontics SI. Title No 1 DE56'S6:O8 !n illustrated history + 6ext boo7 of Geriatric entistr! " 6rostho ontics: 6rinci/le an 'ana#e'ent strate#ies Author Mal%in E. :ing 6aul )ol'56e ersor Ben#t ,wa=

2 F , < G 1/ 11 1. 14 12 1-

Prosthodontics for the elderly@ %iagnosis and "reatment %ental secrets Essentials of Clinical dental assisting Clinical %ental Prosthesis Essentials of dental "echnology 'anagement of =eriatric dental patients %iagnosis and treatment plan of ma&illofacial prosthodontics :acial growth and :acial 9rthopedics Casers in %entistry Pharmacology and therapeutics for dentistry %ental drug reference 'odern concepts in diagnosis and treatment of

Ejvind ;udt# !tephen Hoseph :enn :owler :reedman Caney and =ibilisco *ander Cinden Ceo J Hohn 6. Eagiela %elmars Paterson / *atts
144

fissure caries 1F ;iomechanics in clinical dentistry 1, 1< 1G ./ .1 .. Color atlas of preprosthetic surgery Clinical epidemiology and biostatistics Cegal procedure in medical cases Caw and medicine 'odern dental assisting Preservation and restoration of tooth structure, esthetics .4 :undamentals of esthetics .2 ..F ., .< .G Esthetic dentistry and ceramic restorations Esthetic dentistry 7 Ceramic restorations Esthetics in dentistry Esthetics Esthetic guidelines for restorative dentistry !uggested chair side procedures for natural esthetics in complete denture approach in metal ceramic restoration 4/ Esthetic for the mandibular anterior region C2 0atural ceramics
I+ II I. I= I@ I> I/ I6he polychro"atic layering techni0ues Creati%e cera"ic color B a practical syste" Basic techni0ues for "etai cera"ics Porcelain la"inate Aunda"entals of esthetics Color atlas of porcelain la"inate %eneers Perspecti%e in dental cera"ics 6echni0ues for porcelain la"inate %eneers

Caputo and !tandlee $opkins 8ebecca Dnapp 6purva >andy Hogaroa "orres =raham H. 'ount Claud 8. 8ufenacht ;ernard "auti
loraEc

=oldstein Cauller !chareer ;ranemark


Muthethies

Dorson
:inn egenbarth Oa"a"oto 2arber :ufenacht Areed"an Preston

and 0a'a:awa
aga

II# Periodonti&s 1. 6extboo7 of clinical periodontology and i"plant dentistry, by Hanlinde, 5ic7lans Lang and 6hor7lid <., )st edn. )-->.

145

2. 6he periodontiu" by Schroeder 3. Periodontal Liga"ent by Ber7o%it& . Conte"porary Periodontics by 2eneo :. H. and. Cohen S. !. Periodontics by 2rant, Stern and Listgarten ". Periodontal regenerationBcurrent conceptsBfurther directions by !ban Poison #. Periodontal 'nstru"enariu" by 2ill and 2inger C. Periodontitis in "an and other ani"als by Page and Schroeder G. Cre%icular fluid updated by Ci"ason 1H. Colour !tlas of Periodontal surgery by Cohen E. 11. Colour !tlas of Periodontal surgery by Cohen E. 12. !d%ances in periodontics by Eilson and <arn"an. III. ;!"l 0 ."<illof"ci"l >$!ge!' 1. Principles of Oral & Maxillofacial SurgeryM 9ol. ),+ & IM Peterson '.H & etal. 2. :owe and Eillia"s Maxillofacial in3uries 9ol. ) & +M Eillia"s Hlied 3. andboo7 of Medical e"ergencies in the dental officeM Mala"ed S.A. . Plastic surgeryM 9ol. ) B =M McCarthy H2 !. Cancer of the face and "outhM Mc2regor '! & Mc ". Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery 9ol. ) & +M Las7in DM #. Oral & Maxillofacial 6rau"aM 9ol ) & +M Aonseca :H & Da%is C. Oral & Maxillofacial infectionsM 6opa&ian :2 & 2oldberg M G. Surgical correction of dentofacial defor"ities 9ol ),+ & IM Bell E & etal 1H. Surgery of the "outh and 3awsM Moore H:. 11. Dentofacial defor"ities8integrated orthodontic and surgical correctionM 9ol ) to
( >ish

L ,p7er <2

CC

12. Maxillofacial SurgeryM Peter Eardbooth CONSER=ATI=E 7ENTISTR> 1. Aractures of the teeth, pre%ention and treat"ent of the %ital and nonB%ital pulp by Basrani 1. 6extboo7 of operati%e dentistry by Bau" 2. Dentin and pulp in restorati%e dentistry by Brannstor" 3. Principles and practice of operati%e dentistry by Charbeneau . Operati%e dentistry by 2il"ore !. Esthetic co"posite bonding by Hordan ". Operati%e dentistry8 "ode" theory and practice by Mar&oo7 #. !rt, science and practice of operati%e dentistry by Sturde%ant 2. !tlas of operati%e dentistry B pre clinical and clinical procedures by E%ans & Eet& C. 5ew concepts in operati%e dentistry by Ausiya"a G. andboo7 of clinical Endodontics by Bence. 1H. Pathways of the pulp by Cohen & Burns 11. Bleaching teeth by Aein"an 12. Endodontic practice by 2ross"an

146

3. Proble" sol%ing in Endodontics, pre%ention, identification and "anage"ent by 2ut"ann 13. Endodontics in clinical practice by arty 1 . Endodontics by 'ngle & 6aintor 1!. EndodonticsB science and practice by Schroeder 1". Endodontology B biologic considerations in Endodontic procedures by Selt&er 1#. :estoration of the endodontically treated tooth by Schillingberg & <essler 1C. Principles and practice of Endodontics by Ealton & 6orabine3ad 22. 23. 2 . 2!. 2". 2#. 2C. 2G. 3H. 31. Endodontic therapy by Eeine Colour atlas of Endodontics by Messing & Stoc7 6he dental pulp by Selt&er & Bender Experi"ental Endodontics by Spangberg Cariology by 5ewbrun Sil%er a"alga" in clinical practice by 2ainsford 2lass lono"er ce"ent by Eilson & Mcclean Pediatric operati%e dentistry by <enedy Aluorides in caries pre%ention by Murroy & :uggB2eenn Color atlas and text of Endodontics by Stoc7

:eference8 32. Ehy root canal therapyQ By Berns 2H6G. 33. Conte"porary esthetic dentistryB practice funda"entals by Crispin 2HHL 3 . Ena"el "icro abrasion by Croll 2HH2 3!. !d%ances in 2lass lono"ers by Da%idson 2HH2 3". Co"plete dental bleaching by 2oldstein 2HHE 3#. Aiber reinforced co"posite in clinical dentistry by Areilich 2333 3C. Dental cera"ics by Mclean 2H6C 3G. L!SE:S in dentistry by Miserendind 2HHE H. Esthetic approach to "etal cera"ic restorations by Muterthies 2HH3 1. Life and ti"es of =-. ?l"ck b' 5"33"s 2H6C 2. Bonded cera"ic inlays by :oulat 2HH2 3. Aunda"entals of tooth preparation by Schillingburg 2HHG . Esthetics with indirect restorations by Stein 2HH2 !. Surgical Endodontics by Barnes 2HH2 ". Operati%e dentistry by Mar&oo7 2HHG #. 'nlays, crowns and bridges by =58K"nto!owic@ 2H.HC ORT)O7ONTICS Reco''en e : 1. E'LL'!M :.P:OAA'6, Conte"porary Orthodontics 2. 2:!BE: & 9!5!:SD!LL, Orthodontics B Current Principles & 6echni0ues 3. MOOE:S, 6ext Boo7 of Orthodontics

147

. 2:!BE:, Orthodontics Principles and practice. !. 2:!BE:, PE6:O9'C, & :!<OS' Dentofacial Orthopedics with Aunctional !ppliances ". !6 E5!S'O( E !6 E5!S'O(, Orthodontic cephalo"etry #. H!COBSO5, :adiographic Cephalo"etry C. :!<OS', !n !tlas !nd Manual of Cephalo"etric :adiography G. E5LOE, andboo7 of Aacial 2rowth 1H. EP<E: & A'S , Dentofaical Defor"ities 9ol. 1 11. P:OAA'6 & E '6E, Surgical Orthodontic 6reat"ent 12. 5!5D!, Bio"echanics in Clinical Orthodontics 13. 5!5D! & B(:S6O5E, :etention and Stability in Orthodontics 1 . O<ESO5, Manage"ent of 6.M. Disorders !nd Occlusion 1!. LO( 5O:6O5 &D!9'DOE'6C , Biology of tooth "o%e"ent 1". 2E: !:D PA'EAE:, Craniofacial !bnor"alities and clefts of thelip, !l%eolus and Palate. 1#. O<ESO5, 6MH Disorders. References 1. .. I. 2. -. F. L. H9$>!"9>,

>ew istas in 9rthodontics LEE 2:!BE:, Orthodontics B State of the)rt1 The &ssence of *cience
5'<OL!', Bio Engineering !nalysis of Orthodontic Mechanics M. :!<OS' & 2:!BE:, ! Color !tlas of Dental Medicine B(:S6O5E, Modern Edgewise Mechanics and *egmented

Techni;ue >. B @ !. )RD The Twin <loc' 5unctional Thepary


<. G. Mc5!M!:! & B:(DO5, Mixed Dentition : D :OBLEE, 'nterdisciplinary Dentofacial

)rch

Therapy

1/. 5!5D!, 6he De%elop"ental Basics of Occlusion and Malocclusion 11. 1.. 14. 12. 6'MMS, :apid Maxillary Expansion E'LL'!MS & COO<S, Aixed Orthodontic !ppliances :'C<E66S, Bioprogresssi%e 6herapy 9!5 DE: L'5DE5, 0uintessence

!eries

148

1-. M'C '2!5 CE56E:, Craniofacial 2rowth Series for hu"an growth and Development 1F. 1,. 1<. 1G. S!LPM!5, Practice of Orthodontics 9oL '' and ' :O '6 S!C DE9!, Orthodontics for the next "illenniu" SC E'DL'52, 6he Hasper Hu"per

:OBE:6 :'C<E66S, Provocations and preceptions in !raniofacial Orthopedics ORAL PAT%OLOG& I# Oral Anato!y2 #istology 3 P"ysiology 3 (io&"e!istry 1. Oral istology, de%elop"ent, structure & function B ! Color atlas & text boo7 of Oral !nato"y, histoLogy & e"bryoLogy B !.8."encate 2. ;.D.;.;erkovit#, =8.$olland B ;.H.'o&ham 3. $amJs $istoCogy 7%avid.$.Cormaek . 6ppCied 9raC PhysioCogy 7 Cavelle

;asic B 6ppCied %entaC ;iochemistry 7 8.!.%.*iCCiams B H.C.Elliot


!. II#
Mi&ro%iology2 I!!unology 3 (asi& Mole&ular (iology 3 Geneti&s

1. 6ext boo7 of Microbiology B :.!nanthnarayan & C.<.H.Pani7er 2. Essential '""unologyB'%an.M.:oitt 3. '""unology of OraL diseases B6ho"as lehner . OraL Microbiology & '""unologyB5ew"an & 5isengard !. PC: B a practical approach B Me Pherson, 1uir7e P & 6ayLor ". MoLecuLar Cloning B a Laboratory "anual B Sa"broo7 H, AriLsch E.A & Maniaf3s III.6h!siolo#! ). I=.

Review of Medical Physiology 1 =anong


General 6atholo#! @ )ae'atolo#! 1. 2. 3. Cell, tissue & Disease B Eolf :obbinCs pathologic basis of disease B Cotran, <u"ar & :obbins Clinical ae"atology B :.D.Eastha"
;!"l .edicine 0 :"diolog'

=. 1. 2. =I.

Bur7etCs Oral Medicine B Lynch, Bright"an & 2reenberg Oral :adiology B principles & 'nterpretation B S.C.Ehite, Pharoah M.H
;!"l 5"t6olog' 0 Fo!ensic ;dontolog' 0 #isto3"t6olog' -ec6niB$es8

149

1. ! 6ext Boo7 of Oral Pathology BShafer E.2, M.<. ine & B.M.Le%y 2. Oral Pathology B Clinical Pathologic correlationsBH.!.:ege&i & Ha"es Sciubba 3. Oral Diseases in the 6ropicsB S.:.Prabhu, D.A.Eilson, D.<.Daftary & 5.E.Hohnson . Soft tissue tu"ours BS.M. Eeiss, H.S.Broo7s !. Color atlas of Oral disease, Clinical & Pathologic Correlations B Cawson :.!, Binnie E. , H. .E%eson ".!tlas & text of pathology of.tu"ours of the oral tissues B :.B.Lucas #.E%anCs histological appearances of tu"ours BDa%id B.!shley C. istopathology of S7in B Le%er G.Cysts of the Oral regions B Mer%yn Shear 1H. Cellular Pathology 6echni0ue B c.A.!.Culling.:.6.!''ison & E.6.Barr 11. Surgical Pathology of Sali%ary 2lands B Ellis, !uclair, 2nepp 12. Syndro"es of ead & 5ec7 B S"ith.D.E 13. Aorensic Dentistry B Ca"eroone H.M, Si"s

CO??UNIT> 7ENTISTR> 1.Dentistry, dental practice and co""unity by Striffler DA 2.Pri"ary pre%enti%e dentistry by arris 5 & Christen !2 3.Co""unity dental health by Hong !E .Principles of dental public health %ol ' part ) &+ %ol + by Dunning HM !.Dental public health8 an introduction to co""unity dentistry by Slac7 2.L. ".Aluoride in dentistry by Ae3ers7ar O7 & Etal Ed #.Aluorides & dental caries by 6iwari ! C.6ext boo7 of pre%enti%e and social "edicine by Maha3an B< & 2upta Mc G.Dental health education by Eho Expert Co""ittee 1H. Metabolis" and toxicity of fluoride %ol ' by Ehitford 2M. 11. Epide"iology bioBstatistics and pre%enti%e "edicine by He7el HA & Etal 12. 'ntroduction to oral pre%enti%e "edicine8 a progra""e for the first clinical experience by Muhle"ann : 13. 6ext boo7 of pre%enti%e "edicine by Stallard CE 1 . andboo7 of dental 3urisprudence and ris7 "anage"ent by Pollac7 B: ED 1!. Aluorides and hu"an health by Eorld ealth Organisation 1". !ppropriate use of fluorides for hu"an health by Murry :: E% 1#. Community health by =reen C* 1C. Pre%ention of dental diseases by Murry :: E% 1G. Color atlas of forensic dentistry by *hittaker %D B %6C

%onald %=

2H. 21. 22. 23. 2 . 2!. 2". 2#. 2C. 2G.

ealth research design and "ethodology by O7olo E5 Oxford text boo7 of public health %ol.4 by $olland ** B Et 6l 2uidelines for drin7ing water 0uality %ol = recommendations by *$9 'ntroduction to BioBstatistics by Maha3an B.<. 2uidelines for drin7ing water 0uality %ol. + health criterial & other supporting infor"ation by E O Dentistry, dental practice and the co""unity by Burt B! & Et !l Occupational ha&ards to dental staff by Scully C Aorensic dentistry by Ca"eron HM :esearch "ethodology8 "ethods & techni0ues <othari : Law & ethics in dentistry by Shear H & Ealters L

150

3H. 31. 32. 33. 3 . 3!. 3". 3#. 3C. 3G. H. 1. 2. 3. .

ealth research "ethodology 8 a guide for training in research "ethods #western pacific education in action series no.=$ by E O Co""unity oral health by Pine CM Par7Cs text boo7 of pre%enti%e and social "edicine by Par7 < Epide"iology, bioBstatistics and pre%enti%e "edicine by <at& Dl Oral health sur%eys basic "ethods by E O Essentials of pre%enti%e and co""unity dentistry by Peter S Aluorides in caries pre%ention by Murry Hl ED Pre%enti%e dentistry by Aorrest Hohn * Aluorine and fluorides8 a report by Eorld ealth Organisation Planning and e%aluation of public dental health ser%ices8 a technical report by Eorld ealth Organi&ation Pre%ention "ethods and progra""es for oral diseases8 a technical report by Eorld ealth Organi&ation Co""unity periodontal index of treat"ent needs de%elop"ent, fieldBtesting and statically e%aluation by Eorld ealth Organi&ation Planning oral health ser%ices by Eorld ealth Organi&ation 2uide to epide"iology and diagnosis of oral "ucosal diseases and conditions by Eorld ealth Organi&ation Co""unity dentistry #pgd hand boo7 series %ol /$ by Silber"an SI B "ryon

6:.E%.

P&DODO0T"!* & 5:4)4N-+)4 14N-+>-:C 1. .. 4. 2. -. F. ,. <. G. 1/. 11. 1.. 14. 12. 1-. 1F. 1,. 1<. 1G. ./. .1. ++. +I. +.. Pediatric Dentistry #'nfancy through !dolescences$ B Pin7ha". <ennedyCs Pediatric Operati%e Dentistry B <ennedy & Cur&on. Occlusal guidance in Pediatric Dentistry B Stephen . Eei. Clinical (se of Aluorides B Stephen . Eei. Pediatric Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery B <aban. Pediatric Medical E"ergencies B P. S. whatt. (nderstanding of Dental Caries B 5i7i Aoru7. !n !tlas of 2lass lono"er ce"ents B 2 H. Mount. Clinical Pedodontics B Ainn. 6extboo7 of Pediatric Dentistry B Braha" Morris. Pri"ary Pre%enti%e Dentistry B 5or"an *. arris. andboo7 of Clinical Pedodontics B <enneth. D. Pre%enti%e Dentistry B Aorrester. 6he Metabolis" and 6oxicity of Aluoride B 2arry M. whitford. Dentistry for the Child and !dolescence B Mc. Donald. Pediatric Dentistry B Da"le S. 2 Beha%iour Manage"ent Z Eright Pediatric Dentistry B Mathewson. 6rau"atic 'n3uries B andreason. Occlusal guidance in Pediatric Dentistry B 5a7ata. Pediatric Drug 6herapy Z Tomare

!ontemporary Orhtodontics 1 Profitt. &ndodontic Practice 1 =rossman. &ndodontics1"ngle.

151

Pathways of Pulp 1 !ohen. +@. Management of Traumati:ed anteriorTeeth 1 +argreaves. +>. &ssentials of !ommunity & Preventive Dentistry 1 *oben Peters. +/. Post graduate hand boo' by <arber +-. *cientific foundation of Pediatric Dentistry by *tewart and <arber I*. Diet and 0utrition in dentistry by Rutgunn I). Preventive Dentistry by Murray.
+=. ORAL ?E7ICINE AN7 :&1+;7;
") C

Oral 1i"gnosis* ;!"l .edicine @ Oral 6atholo#!

1. Bur7it B Oral Medicine B H.B. Lippincott Co"pany 2. Cole"an B Principles of Oral Diagnosis B Mcsby Oear Boo7 3. Hones B Oral Manifestations of Syste"ic Diseases B E.B. Saunders co"pany . Eood and 2oa& B Differential diagnosis of Oral Lesions B Mosby Oear Boo7 1. Langlais B Oral Diagnosis 4 Oral Medicine and 6reat"ent planning Lea & Aebiger & Ea%erly Co., !. Mitchell B Oral Diagnosis & Oral Medicine ". PindburgB Syndro"es of the ead & 5ec7 #. Stones B Oral Diseases C. 'rwin Ealter Scopp B Oral Medicine G. <err B Oral Diagnosis 1H. Miller B Oral Diagnosis & 6reat"ent 11. Bennier B Differential diagnosis & Oral Lesions 12. Munford B Orofacial pain 13. Bell B Oral facial pain 1 . 6ull"en B Syste"ic diseases in Dental 6reat"ent 1!. Mean B Diseases of the Mouth 1". utchinson B clinical Methods 1#. McCleods B Clinical Exa"ination 1C. Cha"berlin B Sy"pto"s & Signs of Clinical Medicine 1G. Da%idson B Principles and 8.ctice of Medicine 2H. arrison B Principles of 'nterns Medicine 21. Schweitner B Oral :ehabilitation proble" cases 22. Bur7hardt B Oral Cancer 23. Dolby B Oral Mucosa in earth & Diseases 2 . Sonis.S.6, Aa&io.:.C. and Aang.L B Principles and practice of Oral Medicine 2!. 5ally A.A. and Eggleston.D. H. B ! Manual of Oral Medicine 2#. 2C. Prabhu.S.:. et al B Oral Diseases in the 6ropics
Sa"aranaya7e L.:et al B Oral Candidos is

152

$< ).

Oral Ra iolo#! Ehite & 2oa& B Oral :adiology B Mosby year Boo7

2. Eeahr"an B Dental :adiology B C.9. Mosby Co"pany 3. Stafne B Oral :oentgenographic Diagnosis B E.B.Saunders Co., . Langlairs B Diagnostic '"aging of the Haws B Eillia" & Eil7ins !. S"ith B Dental :adiography B Blac7well Scientific Publication ". Eric Ehaites B essentials of Dental :adiography B Churchill Li%ingstone #. Sonis.S.6., Aa&io.:.C. and Aang.L B Principles and practice of Oral Medicine C. Mala"ed S.A. B Boo7 of Medical E"ergencies in the Dental G. Cawson.:.!. and Scully CM. B Medical Proble"s in Dentistry 1H. Pindborg.H.H. B !tlas of diseases of the oral "ucosa 11. Linch M.!. B E6CS Oral Medicine, Diagnosis and 6reat"ent 12. Dayal P.<. B 6ext boo7 of Oral Medicine c<
Fo!ensic ;dontolog'

1. Dere7 .CLar7 B Practical Aorensic Odontology B Eright 2. Cottone Standish B Outline of Aorensic Dentistry 3. Ehitta7er B ! colour atlas of Aorensic Dentistry AOURNALS: 6he 3ournals are best source of infor"ation for professionals

to 'eep abreast with the recent developments and trends in their respective specialties. !onsidering the array of (ournals that are available today the council $(esires that 9he institutions provide as a minimum re;uirement the list of (ournals mentioned below4
6ertainin# to 7ental e ucation an /ractice. 1. .. 4. 2. -. F. ,. <. G. 1/. 11. 1.. 14. 12. 1-. Hournal of 'ndian Dental !ssociation British Dental Hournal Hournal of !"erican Dental !ssociation Hournal of Dentistry Dental Clinics of 5orth !"erica Hournal of Dental Education Dental !bstracts Hournal of Dental :esearch Dental 'ndex C 1uintessence 'nternational 'nternational Dental Hournal !ustralian Dental Hournal Hournal of dental "aterials Hournal of aesthetic dentistry Hournal of cleft palate

153

PRO'T%O(O)TI*' 1. international Hournal Of Oral & Maxillofacial '"plants 2. 'nternational Hournal Of Prosthodontics 3. Hournal Of Dental Materials 4. Hournal Of Esthetic Dentistry 5. Hournal Of 2eriatric Dentistry 6. Hournal Of Prosthetic Dentistry 7. Hournal Of Prosthodontics 8. 'nternational Hournal Of Oral & MaxiLLofacial Surgery 9. Hournal Of ClinicaL PeriodontoLogy. 10. Hournal Of PeriodontoLogy. 11. Dental 6echnician. 12. Hournal Of Endodontics. 13. European Hournal Of Prosthetics & :estorati%e Dentistry. 14. 6he Hournal Of !dhesi%e Dentistry. 15. 'nternational HournaL Of Endodontics. 16. Hournal Of OraL & MaxillofaciaL Surgery 6ERIO7ONTICS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Hournal of periodontoLogy Hournal of clinicaL periodontoLogy Hournal of periodontal :esearch 'nternational 3ournal of periodontics Hournal of 'ndian Society of periodontics Hournal of oral and "axillofacial i"plants Periodontology 2000 !nnals of periodontology

ORAL @ ?ADILLO&ACIAL SURGER> ).


28 38 48 58 68 78

Hournal of Oral & MaxillofaciaL Surgery 'nternational Hournal of OraL & Maxillofacial Surgery Hournal of Cranio Maxillofacial Surgery British HournaL of Oral & Maxillofacial Surger Oral, Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology Oral & Maxillofacial clinics of 5orth !"erica Hournal of oroBfacial pain

154

88 98 108 118

'nt. Hournal of Oral & Maxillofacial '"plants 'ndian Hournal of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery Plastic & :econstructi%e Surgery Cancer

CONSER=ATI=E 7ENTISTR> ).
28 38 48 58 68 78 88 98 10 118 12

Endodontics & Dental 6rau"atology 'nternational Endodontic Hournal Operati%e Dentistry Esthetic Dentistry Endodontology Dental Materials OraL Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology Oral :adiology & Endodontics Hournal of Prosthetic Dentistry 'nternational Hournal of Prosthetic Dentistry Periodontics & :estorati%e Dentistry 'ndex to Dental Literature

ORT)O7ONTICS 1. 2. 3. . !. ". #. C. G. 1H. 11. !"erican Hournal of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics Hournal of Orthodontics #for"erly British Hournal of Orthodontics$ !ngle Orthodontics Hournal of Clinical Orthodontics HournaL of 'ndian Orthodontic Society Se"inars in Orthodontics Hournal of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics European Hournal of Orthodontics !ustralian Hournal of Orthodontics 'nternational Hournal of !dult Orthodontics and Orthognathic surgery 6he >unctional +rthodontist.

ORAL 5&-#;7; C 1. Hournal of Oral Pathology 2. Hournal of Oral Medicine, Oral Surgery, Oral Pathology 3. Hournal of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
155

. !. ". #.

British 3ournal of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 'nternational 3ournal of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Hournal of Craniofacial surgery Cancer

CO??UNIT> 14N-+>-:C 1. 2. 3. . !. ". Hournal of Co""unity Dentistry and Oral Epide"iology Hournal of Public ealth Dentistry Aluoride Hournal of 'nternational Society Hournal of Co""unity Dental ealth Hournal of Aluoride research Hournal of clinical pre%enti%e dentistry

6E7O7ONTICS 0 5:4)4N-+)4 14N-+>-:C 8 1. !SDC Hournal of Dentistry for children. 2. 'nternational Hournal of Pediatric Dentistry 3. Pediatric Dentistry . Hournal of 'ndian Society of Pedodontics & Pre%enti%e Dentistry
C

ORAL .41+C+N4 &N1 :&1+;7; 1. 2. 3. . !. ".

Hournal of Oral Pathology4Oral Medicine and :adiology4Oral Surgery Hournal of Oral Diseases Hournal of Oral Pathology 4 Medicine Hournal of Co""unity Dentistry & Oral Epide"iology Hournal of 'ndian !cade"y of Oral Medicine and :adiology Hournal of 'ndian association of Oral Pathology

156

EHUI6?ENT REHUIRE?ENTS:S$e&iality 4ise


!ll postgraduate depart"ents in Dental 'nstitutions should possess standard equipment preferably
appro*ed by competent agencies li?e &ureau of standards.

6he equipment requirements gi*en are for minimum of t+o admissions in all specialities e%cept for Prosthodontics. !he
requirements for Prosthodontics is for minimum number

of three admissions. !he requirements shall increase corresponding to the

of increase in admissions

7e/art'ent: 6rostho ontics for three a 'issions NA?E E0uip"entfor unit of I !d"issions Progra""able dental chairs !nd units 'ntra oral ca"era with co"puter pro%ision Laser !rticulatorsB se"i ad3ustable 6.M.H articulators Aully ad3ustable articulators !irotor and air"otor handpieces Micro"otorB Clinical (ltrasonic scaler #poi& with Perio, Endo, i"plant attach"ents$ Light cure Sterili&ationB hot air o%en !utocla%e Eith face bow Eith face bow Eith pantograph + ) I I I S6ECI&ICATION B)B)B) ProfessorB :eaderB Lecturer Eith MDS 0ualification REHUIRE7

Eith shadowless la"p, spittoon IBway syringe, instru"ent tray and suction Micro"otor, airotor

157

Sur%eyorB "icro :efrigerator NBray %iewer #Lobby$ Pneu"atic crown re"o%er 5eedle destroyer :ubber da" 7it and instru"ents

Eith %arying intensity

I ) I I -

CLINICAL LAB 6ROST)O7ONTICS NA?E S6ECI&ICATION REHUIRE7 Plaster dispenser I Model tri""er with carborundu" disc + Model tri""er with dia"ond disc ) Model tri""er with double disc ) carboru"du" and ) dia"ond disc ) Lathe for polishing I igh speed lathe Eith suction unit + 9ibrator I !cryliserB s"all for I flas7s I Dewaxing unit ) ydraulic press + 9acuu" "ixing "achine 6i"er and "eter reading %acuu" + Micro"otorB laboratory I #clinical$TI #lab$ Curing pressure pot ) Pressure "olding "achine ) C :OME COB!L6 L!B E1('PME56 NA?E S6ECI&ICATION REHUIRE7 Duplicating unit ) Pindex syste" + Burnout furnace Progra""able I Eelder ) Sand blaster # "icro and "acro$ ) each Electro polisher ) Aurnace "ain Progra""able + Casting "achineB centrifugal with ) !ccessories 'nduction casting Machine with %acuu" pu"p, capable ) of casting nic7elB chro"e, chro"e cobalt, precious "etal 6itaniu" casting "achine ) Spot wielder with soldering ) !ttach"ent of cable. Bunsen burner I Stea" cleaner ) Spindle grinder =*,***rp" with %acuu" suction ) Eax heater I Eax car%erB electrical !emperature control +ith different tips 4
/uring pressure pots Pressure molding machines >illing machine 2tereo microphone >agnifying +or?ing glass Fea*y duty lathe #aser +elder )ith ?its and sur*eyor )ith suction and *arious speeds = = = 4 4 4 =

158

!itanium soldering and +ielding unit Dry model trimmer Die cutting machine Eltrasonic cleaner /omposite curing unit /omposite pressure cutting unit 0al*anic coping unit 2oldering torch 2ur*eyor Pic?ing unit

= = < 4 = < = < 4 <

CERA?IC LAB EHUI6?ENTS NA?E Cera"ic furnace


/eramic ?it 7instruments. /eramic furnace- castable ceramic /eramic ?it for castable ceramic

S6ECI&ICATION
Programmable

REHUIRE7
< G = 4

I?6LANT NA?E '"plant 7it 7 for surgical fi%tures,


2inus lift, zygomatic fi%ture- abutm-

S6ECI&ICATION

REHUIRE7
<

Entss and prosthetic supra structure$ '"lpant tor0ue controlB + each Physio dispenser Surgical instru"ents Screw dri%er and other instru"ents Aixtures, prosthetic co"ponents and other laboratory "aterial re0uired for i"plant supported prosthesis (nit "ount light Pneu"atic4 electrical crown re"o%er Extra oral i"plant 5eedle destroyer (ltrasonic cleaner (nit for "icro surgery !utocla*e Short cycle autocla%e #<a%o$ Ca"era Electrical dental chairs and units Educating "odels # ) for prosthetics and ) for surgical$ + + sets :e0uired for different type of fixtures and abut"ents and prosthesis !s per re0uire"ent of each post graduate student. ) + !s per clinical re0uire"ents + + # ) big T ) s"all$ )
<

Digital

) ) + # ) Surgical T ) Prosthetic$ I sets

159

7e/art'ent 6erio ontics 5!ME


Dental *hairs and Dnits

SPEC'A'C!6'O5
,lectrically operated with shadowless /a&p' spittoon' 3 way syringe' instru&ent tray and suction &icro&otor' ultrasonic scaler

16O.
"

!terili#ation Instruments
5a3o 5la3e %uto *la3e Steel bin Diagnostic instru&ents

) ) .

E. .O Probe
2abers -robe Fillia&s -robe 2ew&an=s -robe ;old Man >o8 -robe Mar0uis color coded -robe +ral prophyla8is Instru&ents

) ) ) ) ) ) ?

Supra gingi%al scalars Sub gingi%al scalars Surgical 'nstru"ents :outine Surgical 'nstru"ent 7it Surgery 6rolleys Electro surgery unit
Special surgical Instru&ents

set set set

+ + + @ )

<ir7landCs <nife
<uc7s 5nife +rban 5nife

set
set set

) ) )

160

-a0uette <lade 1andle

) SPEC'A'C!6'O5 set
set set

5!ME Poc7et Mar7er


Mc calls uni3ersal curettes ;raceys curettes

16O. ) ) 1 1 )

<rane <aplan Cu"ine Scalar


+sseous Surgical Instru&ents

set set

Mallet

) ) 1 )

Oschenbain !hiel !chluger ;one :ile


Bone file

<one regenerative materials


Microsurgical 'nstru"ents Micro 5eedle older '

<one graft and =TR membranes Depending on need


) ) )

'icro !cissors 'agnifying =lass 'iscellaneous Instruments


) Co"posite 2un

7e/art'ent: Oral @ ?a9illofacial Sur#er! 1A+* !P*CI ICA0I,1 D0E. Dental Chairs and (nits Electrically operated with shadowless G la"p, spittoon, I way syringe, instru"ent tray and high %acuu" suction, "icro "otor 4!ir motor

)utoclave 5umigator 9scillating saw

5ront loading *ith all hand pieces

2
)

161

!urgical instruments a. 2eneral surgery 7it including 6racheoto"y 7it b. Minor oral surgery 7it c. Osteoto"y 7it d. Cleft surgery 7it e. <one grafting 7it
f. ,&ergency 7it g. Trau&a set including bone plating 7it h. I&plant logy 7it Distraction osteogenisis 7it 6desirable

) ) ) )

+perating &icroscope and Microsurgery

Der&ato&es

>or&alin cha&ber

-ulse o8y&eter

Bentilator

) ) + beds

Major operation theatre with all facilities

.eco3ery ( I.*.D. with all necessary /ife support e0uip&ents

Aibrooptic light
Inpatient beds

' +*
S-,*I>I*%TI+2 ,lectrically operated with shadowless la&p' spittoon' 3 way syringe' instru&ent tray and suction' &icro &otor ? %ir oter lightcure JTI. "

7e/art'ent: Conser-ati-e 7entistr!


2%M, Dental *hairs and Dnits

,2D+S+2I* 1%2D-I,*,S )-hysiosaline e0uip&ents

+ I

Mechani&ed rotary instru"ents including hand pieces and hand instru"ents )A+E
;lass bead steriliAers %utocla3es for bul7 instru&ent steriliAation Bacuu& preferably

S6ECI&ICATION

HT>. > +

162

&$tocl"2es fo! 6"nd 3iece ste!ili@"tion &3e< loc"to!s 4B$i3%ents fo! in=ect"ble t6e!%o3l"stici@ed g$tt" 3e!c6" ( < +<TD.%

+ + + + Desirable ) + + + + + + . + ' ' ' + + I +

"" 2 Kits M&"**

.+1&/4- 3!ess$!i@ed loc"l "n"est6esi"

;3e!"ting %ic!osco3es ( C&:7 -ic7ling 7its >$!gic"l endo kits 7ow s3eed 6ig6 to!B$e %oto!s

&N-#; C: -o!B$e cont!ol K"2o to!B$e cont!ol

hand pieces

hand pieces u Areidy set of hand instruments


u Areidy sterili&er trays

ariable Intensity Polymeri#ation e+uipments CC units


j

Con%entional 9LC units LCD pro3ector with co"puterBbasic syste"

*ith printer and scanner 9ver head projector !lide projector


Clinical "icro "otors igh speed hand pieces Co"posite 7its with different shades !nd polishing 7its Cera"ic finishing 7its !"alga" finishing 7its La$orator! ECui/'ent NA?E

S6ECI&ICATION

E+uipments for casting procedures

HT>. )

163

&;uipments for ceramics including induction casting machines # burnout preheat furnaces # wa$ elimination furnaces .ab micro motor # metal grinders # sand blasters # polishing lathers #duplicator e;uipment # vacuum investment e;uipments
7e/art'ent: Ortho ontics NA?E S6ECI&ICATION

) Set

%ental Chairs and ?nit

Electrically operated with shadowless lamp, spittoon, 4 way syringe, instrument tray and suction

HT>. @

acuum 'oulding ?nit +ydoroslder> .ab Micromotor *pot Belders Model Trimmer ,Double Disc/ Cight Curing unit Polishing Cathers "racing "ables %igital Camera !omputers with all accessories *canner with transparency adapter P7ray iewer
O. .P.

) ) . . + + + I ) ) ) = )

164

!lide Projector (4- mm) / CC% Projector )utoclave 1 microprocess based Bet & Dry $igh B Cow Cycle
NA?E
Dry Feat 2terilizer Eltrasonic 2caler

) )

'PE*I,I*ATIO)

-T&# ) ) I Sets . Sets ) @ ) ) =

Pliers Orthodontic impression trays


2ets of Orthodontic

tray cleaner !ypodonts with full teeth set


Eltrasonic

6rticulator with face bo+ attachments


Anatomical

6hree Place !rticulators inge !rticulators


De$art!ent' Oral Pat"ology NAME

Essential ECui/'ent

'PE*I,I*ATIO)

HT>. )

%ental Chairs and ?nits

Electrically operated with shadowless Camp, spittoon, 4 way syringe, instrument tray and suction

)de;uate laboratory glassware>s as re;uired for processing of biopsy specimens & staining.
6issue capsules 4 6issue e"bedding cassettes Paraffin wax bath #ther"ostatically controlled Leuchart pieces

;lock holders
Se"i auto"atic "icro to"e )

165

!uto"atic Microt"e 7nife Sharper

) )

Tissue floatation water bath ,thermostatically controlled !lide warming table


Steel slide rac7s for staining Dia"ond glass "ar7er NA?E S6ECI&ICATION

)T) )T+ . HT>. )

8esearch microscope with phase contrast, dark field, polari#ation, CC" B photomicrography attachments
Binocular Co"pound Microscope Electronic dispensing "achine !lu"inu" slide trays Eooden 4 Plastic slide boxes Eax bloc7 storing cabinet Slide storing cabinet :efrigerator Micropipettes 7ESIRABLE EHUI6?ENT

. ) . . )T+ )T+ )

Cryostat
Aluorescent Microscope Co"puter with printer '"age analysis software !uto"atic processing e0uip"ent ard tissue "icroto"e Stereo "icroscope

) B3 ) ) ) ) )

166

6issue storing cabinet #Aro&en state$ Microwa%e M 7e/art'ent: Co''unit! 7entistr!. NA?E S6ECI&ICATION

) ) HT>.

Instruments in the department for comprehensive oral health care programme %ental chairs Electrically operated with F shadowless lamp, spittoon, 4 way syringe, 'icro motor, 6erator, scalar, light cure unit instrument tray and suction @ Sets E&traction forceps
5a"e
Filling instruments 2caling instruments Prosthetic instruments Amalgamator Pulp tester

Specification Super gingi%al scaling

16O @ sets
Bsets

@ sets + + + + ) ) ) + )

6utoclave !terlil#er P7ray viewer instrument cabinet 9verhead Project !lide projector CC% or %CP multimedia projector Computer, printer and ?P! instruments.
&or /eri/heral 7ental care or &iel /ro#ra''e

167

Staff bus

) )

'obile dental clinic fitted with at least . dental chairs with complete dental unit ?ltrasonic scalar, compressor =enerator Public address system, audio 7visual aids, " C8 Instrument cabinet, emergency medicine kits, ;P 6pparatus, Portable o&ygen cylinder portable chair
7e/art'ent: 6e o ontics an 6re-enti-e 7entistr! NA?E S6ECI&ICATION

) ) ) ) ) )

HT>.

%ental Chairs and ?nits

*ith shadowless lamp, F spittoon, 4 way syringe, instrument tray and suction, micro motor, airotor, lightcure
. Aront loading ) ) ) + ) @ I ) + I

Pedo e&traction forceps sets


!utocla%e 'ntra Oral NBray !uto"atic de%eloper Pulp 6ester

)pe$ .ocator 8ubber %am Dit =lass bead sterili:er Orthodontic Belder
(ltrasonic Scalars

0eedle Destroyer

168

7ltrasonic !leaner F1ray -iewer )malgamator Plaster Dispenser Dental .athe -ibrator
Arassico 6ypodonts

+ + + + ) ) @

Minor oral *urgery "nstruments !oldering ?nit


Band benching pee7 pliers

) + sets + + +

!ountering pliers !rown crimping pliers Double bea' pliers )nterior and Posterior on
NA?E S6ECI&ICATION

HT>.

%ental Chairs and ?nits

Intra 9ral 8adiography 'achine E&tra 9ral 8adiography machine Panoramic 8adiography (9P=) 'achine with Intra 79ral Camera
Pulp 6ester !utocla%e Punch Biopsy tool Biopsy E0uip"ent

Electrically operated with F shadowless lamp, spittoon, 4 way syringe, instrument tray and suction --7 ,/ k p with %igital 1 Compatibility 1// k p 1 %igital Compatibility 1
) + + + +

169

Surgical 6rolley E"ergency Medicines 7it Extra Oral Cassettes with 'ntensifying Screens #Con%entional & :are Earth$ Lead Screens Lead !prons Lead 2lo%es :adiographic Ailters #Con%entional & :are Earth$ Dar7 :oo" with safe light facility !uto"atic :adiographic Ail" Processors :adiographic Ail" storage Lead Containers NB ray 9iewer boxes Lacri"al Probes

+ ) .

+ + + ) ) + ) + +sets + sets ) +

*ialography !annula Computer with printer


'llu"inated Mouth Mirror & Probe

170